Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 191

NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN

DETAILED NOTICE INVITING TENDER

TENDER FOR PROCUREMENT, SUPPLY,


INSTALLATION, IMPLEMENTATION,
COMMISSIONING AND MAINTENANCE
SUPPORT OF COUNTRY WIDE NEXT
GENERATION IP MPLS NETWORK
FOR INDIAN NAVY ON
TURNKEY BASIS

TENDER ENQUIRY NO. CA/CNP/NCN-EQPT/T-464/2014


ISSUED ON 31 JAN 2014

BHARAT SANCHAR NIGAM LIMITED


(A GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ENTERPRISE)
MMT SECTION
BHARAT SANCHAR BHAWAN, JANPATH,
NEW DELHI-110001
T/No. 91-11-23717844
FAX NO.91-11-23710198
Visit us at www.bsnl.co.in

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGES


1 Part A Detailed Notice Inviting Tender 3 13
2 Tender Information 14 16
3 Part A Scope of Work 17 41
3 Part B Technical Specifications 42 101
3 Part C Schedule of Requirements 102 104
4 Part A General Instructions to Bidders 105 123
4 Part B Special Instructions to Bidders 124 127
4 Part C E-Tendering Instructions to Bidders 128 132
5 Part A General (Commercial) Conditions of Contract 133 145
5 Part B Special (Commercial) Conditions of Contract 146 152
5 Part C General Conditions of Warranty and AMC 153 160
6 Part A Undertaking and Declaration 161
6 Part B Near Relationship Certificate 162
7 Part A Bid Security/EMD Guarantee 163 164
7 Part B Performance Guarantee 165 166
7 Part C Letter for Authorization for Attending Bid Opening 167
7 Part D Model Amendment letter intimating conditions for 168
extension of delivery period
7 Part E Model Amendment letter for extension of delivery period 169
7 Part F Certificate of OEM Support 170
8 Bidders Profile and Questionnaire 171 172
9 Part A Bid Form 173
9 Part B Price Schedule I 174 179
9 Part B Price Schedule II 180 181
Appendix A Documents Format 182
Appendix B Information and Documents required to be submitted as 183 184
part of response to the tender
Appendix C Integrity Pact 185 189
Appendix D Malicious Code Certificate 190

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 3 of 191

Detailed NOTICE INVITING E-TENDER (DNIT)


BHARAT SANCHAR NIGAM LIMITED
(A Government of India Enterprise)
MMT Section, 2nd floor, Bharat Sanchar Bhawan,
Janpath, New Delhi - 110 001
..
Tender No. CA/CNP/NCN-EQPT/T-464/2014 dated 31 Jan 2014

Digitally sealed on line Tenders are invited by CMD, BSNL for following works.

S. Bid Security/ Earnest Money


No. Name of the Item/ Work Deposit Amount for the tender
1. (a) Supply, Installation, testing and
Commissioning of required equipment Rs. 2 Crores.
for Implementation of Next Generation
IP MPLS Network for Indian Navy
country wide on turnkey basis and

(b) Maintenance support for above


equipment for seven years.

Note-1: The quantity /no. / Sites stated above are estimated and BSNL reserves the
right to vary the quantity to the extent of -25 % to +25 % of specified quantity
at the time of award of the contract i.e. AWO without any change in unit price
or other terms & conditions.

1.1 Overview of the Tender: - The tender is intended to setup a Next Generation
Network which will support net-centric operations a key enabler for the
administrative operations/ war fighting operations of the Indian Navy. The
proposed network shall be converged (MPLS based on IP Infrastructure)
network, which shall be a 2-layer centrally managed IP backbone network
designed to provide reliable and assured routes to cover all stations of the
Indian Navy. The implementation of this project will be undertaken jointly by
BSNL and Indian Navy, whereby all essential project monitoring, installation,
testing and acceptance testing tasks will be carried out by joint teams. After
successful implementation of this project, all assets created for this project will
be handed over by BSNL to Indian Navy for subsequent operations and
maintenance.

1.2 Scope:- Indian Navy requires a variety of services to facilitate different types
of applications on the network. Along with the complexity of the application
and service delivery, there are further challenges of making sure a very high
degree of reliability and security of the operations for the application user at all
times. Key requirements out of desired IP/ MPLS Next Generation network
for Indian Navy are listed herewith.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 1
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 4 of 191

1.2.1 The supply of equipment, installation, testing & maintenance should conform
to all specifications contained in the Tender document including TEC specs
where ever applicable.

1.3 Plan and Design a secure and reliable Navywide voice, video and data
networking environment that meets the war fighters needs to enable
information exchange across the full spectrum of current and future naval
operations. This network must connect all Users at all Naval Stations,
Distributed Network operation Centers, Security Operations Centres, Data
centers, Near Line Data Centres, Disaster Recovery Centre, Training Lab,
Testing Lab, Mobile Satellite Terminals, etc. spread across the Country. The
Tri Services OFC backbone and Naval Access OFC network at these stations
is being implemented separately and would be provided by BSNL.

1.4 Network Design:- Plan and Design IP/ MPLS for Indian Navy that composes
Operational network, Admin network with access, aggregation, intelligent IP
Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) edge and multiservice core components
with transport and interconnect elements layered below and above. Separate
Service provisioning (including routing domain, QoS and Traffic Engineering)
needs to be implemented for various networks, applications and services
across the network.

1.5 Availability:- Plan and Design the network for high availability with an
objective of achieving 99.999% availability and for very rapid service
restoration in event of link and or node failure. NCN should be able to assure
application performance and provide a service level agreement (SLA) to
various application owners in the Navy.

1.6 QoS: - The network elements or nodes must be able to provide a reliable QoS
for all applications that are transported across the network infrastructure.
Network quality of service (QoS) that meets war fighter requirements needs to
be implemented on the Network to facilitate monitoring and dynamic
reallocation of priorities.

1.7 Adaptability: - The processes, architecture, design approaches should be


adaptable, permit timely cost-effective introduction of new technologies,
including the reconfiguration of the existing networks and capabilities
themselves to meet war fighter or business user mission requirements. The
design of the network should allow a new service to be configured while
ensuring that the performance of existing services and subscribers are not
affected i.e. ensure predictable performance for services at all times.

1.8 Collaboration: - Indian Navy presently has tools and networks that allow
limited collaborative capability. This Tender envisages increasing the
collaboration capability including security, bandwidth, robustness of current
tools and availability of capacity on the existing tools (e.g., amount of server
space, licenses, approved/ loadable clients).

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 1
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 5 of 191

1.9 Security: - Security is the primary consideration in ensuring stable and


secure operation for the Indian Navy. Threats such as worms, viruses, denial-
of-service (DoS) attacks and other malicious activities must not degrade the
network or service stability. To ensure stability in the network, strategies that
cover several different areas need to be in place:-

(a) Network element security:- Providing strong security starts at the node
level. Every network element must provide sufficient protection of its
own resources and services.

(b) Network and IP spoofing protection:- Providing infrastructure security


includes blocking access to internally used subnets, IP spoofing
protection and blocking, DoS protection and tracking and more. IP
spoofing- using both registered and unregistered address space- is the
most common transport vehicle for malicious activities.

(c) Control-plane protection: - Protected control-plane operation is


imperative to ensure stable operation of the entire network. This
protection includes both internal and external protection policies,
because attacks originate from both ends. Service protection-Enabling
service-specific security policies to provide effective threat mitigation
strategy. Access to nodes or segments that are service-specific should
be controlled from the rest of the network; to achieve a high degree of
protection.

1.10 Network Management: - Proposed NGN must have State of Art Network
management system essentially with services like Proactive health monitors.
The IP network needs to provide current network responsiveness and health
information allowing control plane to ensure that good routes are chosen for
defined services and to reroute established services when needed. This
monitoring should also provide information about any conditions related to
QOS, delay, jitter, and packet loss. It is imperative to integrate element-
management-system (EMS) (being procured under this tender and from a
previous tender by BSNL consisting of Fibre Intrusion Prevention System,
Optical Network Inventory Tool, Fibre Testing and Monitoring System etc),
Alert systems and other potentially needed functions to ensure that the OSS
remains fully functional in relation to the IP network.

1.11 System Integration: - The bidder is to integrate all hardware, software and
equipment procured as part of this tender and provide a fully functional and
operational network to the Indian Navy.

1.12 Services: - The success of operations in a network would largely depend on


the methodology that is followed to create the design and the translation of
this robust design into operational model. Towards this end, this tender
requires that the professional services from the respective OEMs would have
to be engaged in implementation and the management of the project.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 1
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 6 of 191

2. Purchase of Tender Document:- Tender document can be obtained in the


form of CD from AGM(MMY) O/o PGM(MM), 2nd Floor, BSNL CO against
submission of following:-

(a) Submission of tender fee of Rs.10,000/- in form of Demand Draft/


Bankers cheque drawn from any Nationalized/ Scheduled bank in favour
of A.O. (Cash), BSNL Corporate Office at New Delhi and payable at
New Delhi.

(b) Submission of duly signed NDA (copy of the NDA format enclosed as
Appendix-A) on a non-judicial stamp paper of Rs.100/-

3.0 Availability of Tender Document:- The tender document shall be available


from 05-02-2014 onwards up to 6th March 2014 from 11-00 Hrs to 17-00 Hrs
on all working days of this office.

Note 2: The Tender document shall not be available for purchase on its submission /
closing date.

4. Eligibility Criteria: - The bidder should have

4.1. General Eligibility Criteria:- The bidder should be Indian Registered


Company under Company Act 1956.

4.1.1 CS certified document from Bidder/ Parent Company as well as the OEMs/
Parent Company should be submitted confirming following clauses:-
(a) Certificate of Incorporation from Registrar of Companies.
(b) Articles and Memorandum of Association.
(c) Annual Report for the last three financial years.
(d) Documentary evidence for registration with proof for Management and
Control of Company with Resident Indian Nationals.

4.1.2 The bidder should provide copy of Permanent Account Number.

4.1.3 Bidder should have valid excise, permanent sales tax and service tax
registration number, if applicable.

4.1.4 SI/ OEM should not have been blacklisted in India by any Government
Department/ Government PSU in India for Telecom business in the last three
years.
4.1.5 SI/ OEM should not have been blacklisted by any sovereign government and
barred from participating in government projects due to security reasons in the
last three years.

4.1.6 MoC&IT has issued notifications on 05.10.2012 and 12.06.2013 on


Preference to Domestically Manufactured Telecom/ Electronic Products in
Government Procurement which are applicable to the NFS project. This
being a turnkey tender, bidders are required to bid in accordance with clause
5.5 notification dated 12.06.2013.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 1
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 7 of 191

4.2 Technical Eligibility Criteria.

4.2.1 The bidder should have ISO 9001:2008 certification.

4.2.2 The bidder should have at least six support centers, preferably one at Delhi
and at least one each in major city in each of the Telecom Regions of BSNL.
Information of support centers to include address and TIN details shall be
submitted.

4.2.3 SI/ OEM must have one test facility in India for Development of System and
Network level integration solution for ICT Networks.

4.2.4 The bidder should have strength of at least 100 skilled professionals in
network/ system integration field on its payroll. Relevant proof in this regard
shall be submitted.

4.2.5 The bidder should give certificate stating that all the hardware/ software
supplied under the contract shall not contain any embedded malicious codes
that could inhibit the desired functions of the equipment or cause the network
to malfunction in any manner.

4.3 Financial Eligibility Criteria.

4.3.1 The bidder should have the Cumulative Annual Turnover during last three
financial years of at least Rs.1200 Crores.

4.3.2 The bidder should produce Bankers Solvency Certificate for a minimum
amount of Rs. 400 Crores.

4.4 Experience Eligibility Criteria

4.4.1 The bidder should be existing SI in India and should be a certified system/
network integrator of offered network product. Relevant certificate in this
regard shall be provided by their OEM/ Technology Partner.

4.4.2 The bidder should have experience in handling such multi location, multi
product large network/ system integration projects for any Government/
Enterprise/ Telecom Service Provider. The bidder should have successfully
implemented and maintained/ operated two such projects total amounting to
Rs.100 Crores during the last 5 years.

4.4.3 The bidder should have successfully implemented projects worth Rs.10
Crores as an SI/ OEM with Indian Defence Services in the past 5 years.

4.4.4 The System Integrator/ Router OEM should have successfully manufactured,
supplied and installed at least 250 routers as part of multiple routing backbone
networks of any Govt/ Telecom Service Provider/ Enterprise globally in the
last five years.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 1
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 8 of 191

4.4.5 The System Integrator/ Router OEM should have successfully manufactured,
supplied and installed at least 50 routers as part of single routing backbone
networks of any Govt/ Telecom Service Provider/ Enterprise globally in the
last five years.

4.5 The bidders shall submit necessary documentary proof showing that they meet
the eligibility criteria along with their tender bid. All documents submitted will
also be self attested by the bidder.

5. Bid Security/ EMD:

5.1 The bidder shall furnish the bid EMD in one of the following ways:-

(a) Demand Draft/ Bankers cheque drawn in favour of AO (Cash), BSNL,


C.O. N. Delhi and payable at New Delhi.

(b) Bank Guarantee from a scheduled bank drawn in favour of DGM


(MMT), Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited, Corporate Office, New Delhi
which should be valid for 210 days from the tender opening date.

6. Date & Time of Submission of Tender bids: on or before 11-30 AM of 7th


March 2014.

Note 3: In case the date of submission (opening) of bid is declared to be a holiday,


the date of submission (opening) of bid will get shifted automatically to next
working day at the same scheduled time. Any change in bid opening date
due to any other unavoidable reason will be intimated to all the bidders
separately.

6.1 Preparation of Bid

6.1.1 In response to this tender, the Bidder is required to bid as a System Integrator
(SI) for the project for turnkey delivery of all the requirements given in this
tender. The system integrator will be responsible for Integration,
Commissioning and Maintenance of this Project on an End to End basis.

6.1.2 One bidder cannot submit more than one bid.

6.1.3 Bidder should quote for 100% of the quantities/ services mentioned in the
Tender otherwise such bids shall be treated as non-responsive and shall be
summarily rejected.

6.1.4 Bidder should be registered with TCIL on its e-tender portal. (If not done
earlier, he should do now so that he is able to participate in the e-tender).

6.1.5 Submission of an undertaking of meeting the eligibility criteria in all respect on


a non-judicial stamp paper of Rs.100/- duly signed by the authorised signatory
of the company along with the power of attorney.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 1
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 9 of 191

6.1.4 OEM/ Technology Partners.

(a) Bidder will select only one OEM for one type of equipment viz. one
OEM for Routing and Switching, Data Centre Switching, Voice, Video.
To ensure best security practices, security products like Firewall, IPS
and APT should be from different OEMs. Bids offering multiple OEMs/
Technology Partners for one type of equipment are liable to be
rejected.

(b) The Bidders (SI) will not be permitted to change the OEM/ Technology
partner after submission of the Bid.

6.1.5 Teaming Agreement.

(a) The Bidder shall have MoU/ teaming agreement with all OEMs for
supply, installation, integration, commissioning, support and training of
all items/ sub systems and services as given in the SoR for ten years
technical support (three years for warranty + seven years for AMC
period) for this project. The OEM should explicitly undertake to provide
support in terms of provision of spares and repair/ replacement of faulty
equipment during this period.

(b) The Teaming Agreement will be signed by authorized signatories of


both the parties (Bidder and OEM) duly supported by Power of
Attorney in the name of these signatories.

(c) Teaming agreement shall also include a clause that in case the SI/
OEM ceases to exist on account of merger/ acquisition then the new
SI/ OEM entity shall also be responsible for all obligations in terms of
maintenance support, provision of spares, etc (as the initial SI/ OEM)
with regards to this project.

7. Opening of Tender Bids: After 00:30 Hours of this tender closing time & on
same date.

8. Place of opening of Tender bids:

8.1 In case of tenders invited through e-tendering process, the tenders shall be
opened through Public Online Tender Opening Event (POTOE). BSNLs
Tender Opening Officers as well as authorized representatives of bidders can
attend the Public Online Tender Opening Event (TOE) from the comfort of
their offices. Kindly refer clause 8 of Section-4 Part C of Tender document for
further instructions.

8.2 In addition, authorized representatives of bidders (i.e. vendor organization)


can attend the TOE at the Meeting Room, 2nd Floor, Bharat Sanchar
Bhawan, Janpath, New Delhi, where BSNLs Tender Opening Officers would
be conducting Public Online Opening Event (TOE).

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 1
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 10 of 191

9. Schedule of activities under this tender

S. No Stage Time & Date


(a) Start date of availability Detailed Notice 31-01-2014
Inviting Tender on BSNL website
(b) Start date of availability Tender Document in 05-02-2014
form of CD
(c) Last date for receipt of queries from bidders 14-02-2014
(d) Expected date for replies to queries 27-02-2014
(e) Start date of availability of Tender Document After the settlement of pre-
(including replies/ clarifications to pre-bid bid queries by BSNL
queries) on e-tender portal for start of e-
bidding process
(f) Last date for download of Tender document Up to one day prior to last
from e-tender portal date of submission of bids
(g) Last date and time for receipt of sealed bids Up to 11:30 hrs on bid
(both techno-commercial & Financial). opening date 07-03-2014
(h) Time and date for opening of Eligibility cum 12:00 hrs on 07-03-2014
Technical Bid.

10. Tender bids received after due time & date will not be accepted.
11. Incomplete, ambiguous, Conditional, unsealed tender bids are liable to be
rejected.
12. CMD, BSNL reserves the right to accept or reject any or all tender bids
without assigning any reason. He is not bound to accept the lowest tender.
13. The bidder shall furnish a declaration in his tender bid that no addition /
deletion / corrections have been made in downloaded tender document being
submitted and it is identical to the tender document appearing on the website.
13.1 In case of any correction/ addition/ alteration/ omission in the tender
document, the tender bid shall be treated as non responsive and shall be
rejected summarily.
Note 4: All documents submitted in the bid offer should be preferably in English. In
case the certificate viz. experience, registration etc. is issued in any other
language other than English, the bidder shall attach an English translation of
the same duly attested by the bidder & the translator to be true copy in
addition to the relevant certificate.
Note 5: All computer generated documents should be duly signed/ attested by the
bidder/ vendor organization.
Encl.: Appendix-A

AGM (MMY)
2nd Floor, Bharat Sanchar Bhawan,
Janpath, New Delhi-110001
Ph : 011-2371 7844 FAX: 011-2371 198
Email ID: akverma@bsnl.co.in

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 1
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 11 of 191

Appendix A (Refers to Para 4.2 of DNIT)

NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made on _______________ day of _________________ 2013 between


BHARAT SANCHAR NIGAM LIMITED (BSNL) a Government of India Enterprise, having its
registered and Corporate office at Bharat Sanchar Bhawan, HC Mathur Lane, Janpath, New
Delhi - 110001 hereinafter called BSNL which expression shall unless repugnant to the
subject or the context mean and included its successor, nominees or assigns and
M/s ______________________________________ a company incorporated under the
Indian Companies Act, 1956, and having its registered office at ______________________
herein after called bidder which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or the
context mean and include its successors, nominees or assigns

Whereas a Tender was floated by BSNL for Supply, Installation,


Commissioning and Maintenance support of country wide Next Generation IP
MPLS Network for Indian Navy on turnkey basis and M/s ____________________
is one of the eligible bidders. The bidder will be issued tender document, which contains
highly classified and confidential information. The information is to be protected from
unauthorized use and disclosure.

In consideration of this, the bidder agrees as follows:-

1. This Agreement will apply to any information including information listed in Exhibit -
`A attached hereto pertaining to project disclosed by BSNL to the bidder in writing or
otherwise Information consists of tender document, specifications, designs, plans,
drawing, software, prototypes and/or technical information, and all copies and
derivatives containing such Information, that may be disclosed to bidder for and
during the Purpose. Information may be in any form or medium, tangible or
intangible, and may be communicated/disclosed in writing, orally, or through visual
observation or by any other means by BSNL to the bidder.

2. The bidder shall use the information pertaining to this project only for the purpose
and shall hold Information in confidence using the same degree of care as it normally
exercise to protect its own proprietary information, but not less than reasonable care,
taking into account the nature of the Information, and shall grant access to
Information only to its employees who have a need to know, but only to the extent
necessary to carry out the business purposes of this project as defined in Exhibit -
`A. The bidder shall cause its employees to comply with the provisions of this
Agreement applicable to his and shall not reproduce Information without prior
permission of BSNL/Navy. The permission to reproduce shall only be given if
considered necessary and to the extent essential for fulfilling the purpose. The
bidder may, however, disclose the Information to its consultants/Sub-contractors with
a need to know; provided that by doing so, the bidder agrees to bind those
consultants/Sub-contractors to terms at least as restrictive as those stated herein,
advise them of their obligations, and indemnify the BSNL for any breach of those
obligations.

3. The bidder shall not disclose any information pertaining to this project to any third
party.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 1
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 12 of 191

4. Upon the request of the BSNL/Indian Navy, he shall return all Information to BSNL
Indian Navy immediately. Provided, however, that an archival copy of the
Information may be retained in the files of the bidders counsel, solely for the purpose
of providing the contents of the Information.

5. In case the bidder is not selected for awarding the work of this project, he shall return
to BSNL/Indian Navy all the original documents that have been made over by BSNL
to him pertaining to this project Within 15 days of outcome of the tender and shall
destroy all hard/soft copy/(ies) of the information pertaining to this project. Intimation
in this regard is to be given by bidder to BSNL/Indian Navy.

6. The bidder recognizes and agrees that all the Information pertaining to this project is
highly confidential and is owned solely by the BSNL/Indian Navy Govt. of India and
that the unauthorized disclosure or use of such Confidential Information would cause
irreparable harm and significant injury, the degree of which may be difficult to
ascertain. Accordingly, the bidder agrees that the BSNL/Indian Navy will have the
right to obtain an immediate injunction enjoining any breach of this Agreement, as
well as the right to pursue any and all other rights and remedies available at law or in
equity for such a breach.

7. The bidders failure to enforce any provision, right or remedy under this agreement
shall not constitute a waiver of such provision, right or remedy.

8. This Agreement will be construed in, interpreted and applied in accordance with the
laws of India.

9. This Agreement and Exhibit - `A attached hereto constitutes the entire agreement
with respect to the bidders obligations in connection with Information disclosed
hereunder.

10. The bidder shall not assign this Agreement without first securing the BSNLs written
consent.

11. This Agreement will remain in effect for ten years from the date of the last disclosure
of Confidential Information, at which time it will terminate, unless extended by the
BSNL in writing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement by their duly
authorized officers or representatives.

M/s ___________________ BHARAT SANCHAR NIGAM LIMITED

Signature ______________ Signature_____________

Printed Name __________ Printed Name _________

Title __________________ Title_________________

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 1
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 13 of 191

Exhibit A

1. Business Purpose. Supply, Installation, Commissioning and


Maintenance support of country wide Next
Generation IP MPLS Network for Indian Navy
on turnkey basis.

2. Confidential Information of Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited (BSNL).

Tender document.
The technical specifications/bill of material.
Detail of network locations, configuration & Network architecture.
All network details.
All information shared in oral or in written by BSNL/Indian Navy with
M/s _________________________

M/s ___________________ BHARAT SANCHAR NIGAM LIMITED

Signature ______________ Signature_____________

Printed Name __________ Printed Name _________

Title __________________ Title_________________

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 1
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 14 of 191

SECTION 2

TENDER INFORMATION

1. Type of Tender:-

(a) No of Bid Submission Stages for Tender:- Single

(b) No of Envelopes for submission of bids:- Two

(c) E-reverse auction:- No

2. Bid Validity Period : 180 days (Specify time in days) from the Validity
of bid Offer tender opening date.

3. The tender is being invited under two envelopes system, the first envelope
would be techno-commercial & would contain documents of bidders satisfying
the eligibility/Technical & commercial conditions and 2nd envelope would be
the financial envelope containing financial quote. These envelopes shall
contain one set of the following documents :-

(a) Techno-commercial envelope shall contain :-

(i) EMD

(ii) Cost of the tender documents i.e. tender fee.

(iii) Certificate(s) showing fulfilment of the eligibility criteria(s)


stated in Clause 4 of the DNIT

(iv) Power of Attorney & authorization for executing the power of


Attorney in accordance with clause 14.3 of Section 4 Part A

(v) Integrity Pact (if applicable)

(vi) Clause by clause compliance as per clause 11.2 of Section-4A

(vii) Bidders Profile & Questionnaire duly filled & signed.

(viii) Non-Relation Certificate duly filled & signed.

(ix) Undertaking & declaration duly filled & signed

(x) Documents stated in clause 10 of Section-4 Part A.

(xi) Tender/ Bid form- Section 9 Part A

(xii) Electronic Form- Technical


Note: In case the bidder is unable to upload any of the documents listed above, he
may submit the same physically. However EMD & cost of tender document will be
submitted in original in physical form.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 2

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 15 of 191

(b) Financial envelope shall contain:-

Electronic Form- financial along with Price Schedule (Section 9 Part II)
with all relevant bid annexure (in case of tenders invited through e-
tendering process).

(c) The following documents are required to be submitted offline (i.e.


offline submissions) to DM (MMT), BSNL, C.O. 2nd Floor, Bharat
Sanchar Bhawan, Janpath, New Delhi-110001 on or before the date &
time of submission of bids in a sealed envelope.

The envelope shall bear the tender number, name of work and the
phrase: Do Not Open Before (due date & time of opening of tender).

(i) EMD Bid security (original copy)

(ii) DD/ Bankers cheque of Tender fee

(iii) Power of Attorney in accordance with clause 14.3 of section 4


Part A and authorization for executing the power of Attorney.

4. Payment Terms.

4.1 Payment shall be made in Indian Rupees only. The schedule of payment shall
be as follows on the total PO value excluding AMC.

(a) 70% on the supply of all the equipment/materials at the Staging


site and successful completion of Joint Testing against the
purchase order in satisfactory condition site wise as mentioned in the
PO. For claiming this payment the following documents are to be
submitted to the paying authority

(i) Invoice clearly indicating break up details of composite price i.e


Basic, E.D., Sales Tax, any other Duties and Taxes, Freight
/Packing Charges, Service Tax etc.

(ii) Excise Gate pass/Excise Invoice or equivalent

(iii) Inspection certificate of Joint testing team and/or QA wherever


applicable.

(iv) Proof of payment of octroi/entry tax etc, if any.

(b) 20% on successful Validation, Installation, Certification of the


network by Certifying authority and Commissioning of complete
network.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 2

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 16 of 191

(c) 10% after one year of successful installation and commissioning


of the entire network including user-required customization on
production of necessary certificate from Indian Navy (Hand Holding
period) or by submitting Bank Guarantee for an equal amount for
three years after successful installation, Certification of the
network by Certifying authority and commissioning of the entire
network including user required customization on production of
necessary certificate from BSNL.

4.2 The detail of payment terms is further elaborated at Section 5 Part A


Clause 11.

5. Project Schedule. Time shall be of the essence in respect of any date or


period specified in this Tender or any notice, demand or other communication
served under or pursuant to any provision of this Tender and in particular in
respect of the completion of the activities by the bidder by the specified
completion date. The entire project is being implemented in a single phase
due to urgency of the project. No time delays would be permissible for the
implementation of the project.

SNo Event Period Remarks


(a) Construction of building for
housing the equipment room,
Data Centre, Near Line Data To commence on
180 days
Centre and Disaster Recovery issuing of PO
Centre. Training of Project
Management Team.
(b) Supply of Equipment at a 90 days To commence on
Central Site of bidder and issuing of PO
segregated as per site.
(c) Staging of Equipment 30 days On supply
(d) Joint Testing 45 days On staging
(e) Delivery of Equipment to Sites 45 days On completion of
joint testing
(f) Installation of Equipment 60 days On receipt and
validation by
Indian Navy
(g) Certification of Network by - On completion of
Certifying Authority Installation
(h) Commissioning of the - 12 months of
Network. Training for trainers. issuance of PO
(j) Completion of Warranty 36 months after -
commissioning

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 2

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 17 of 191

SECTION 3 Part A

SCOPE OF WORK

INTRODUCTION

1. Indian Navy intends to establish countrywide IP/MPLS based multiprotocol


converged network, Naval Communication Network (NCN), as core
infrastructure for supporting the strategic and operational needs of the Indian
Navy. The aim is to provision very high quality of operational & administrative
services to meet its operational challenges. The proposed NCN is in line with
the vision to achieve Network Centric Operation capability.

2. It may be possible to implement the Network on the basis of the Qualitative


Requirement below in a number of ways. In order to derive maximum benefit
from the latest advancements and also to avoid the network or network
components being outdated soon after implementation, maximum use will be
made of the latest techniques and/or technology that is known to the OEM
and bidder during the period of development/implementation. In view of
this, the network components (equipment or subsystems or systems) will
cater for scalability, upgradeability, universality of components and
modularity in design, as applicable. In implementing the network,
components/sub-systems with higher inherent reliability should be used.
While implementing the Network, a systems approach will be adopted with
standard interfaces, no proprietary interfaces will be accepted. The
offered systems should comply with relevant standards and RFC as defined
by International bodies such as MEF, IETF, IEEE and ITU.

3. This section of the document spells out the operational requirements of the
network, architecture and qualitative requirements. An effort has been made
to cover all the relevant aspects of the project.

4. NCN should provide integrated voice, data and multimedia services to all
strategic subscribers. The network would feature the highest grade of
secrecy, guaranteed quality of service and fail safe end to end operation.

5. NCN would have two parallel infrastructure build to address its operational
needs and have very strict physical separation between two infrastructure to
ensure the desired level of security. The first infrastructure will be called as
the Red Network whereas the second network will be called as the Blue
Network. The Red Network shall cater to applications that require topmost
security and the Blue Network shall cater to the rest of the applications for
Indian Navy.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 18 of 191

6. NCN would be an integrated communication network based on terrestrial


Optical Fiber media supplemented by satellite links to locations where fiber
optic media cannot be provided. This will be a Nationwide converged next
generation carrier class network. The network would be based on IP/MPLS
with VPLS/H-VPLS Carrier Ethernet Aggregation & Access architecture
covering different tiers. The IP/MPLS Network should provide end to end QOS
and <50ms fail-over capabilities end to end. Around 44 WAN locations would
be partially meshed over STM-64 POS (Packet over SDH), STM-16 POS and
Gigabit Ethernet Circuit in secured environment; Encryptors would be used to
encrypt the packet before going out to the public infrastructure. The network
would provide end-to-end Operation and Maintenance (O&M support based
IETF MPLS OAM and IEEE & ITU Ethernet OAM). The complete network
architecture is defined in following layers:

(a) Infrastructure Layer.

(b) Voice Layer.

(c) Video Layer.

(d) Computing Layer (DCs and DRs).

(e) Management and Security Layer (NOC and SOC).

7. All the locations would have the above said infrastructure. In regional and
Metro area, a Metro DWDM optical network over dark fiber for providing high-
speed carrier grade interconnections. For ease of operation and
management, Indian Navy would be adopting hierarchical approach to its
design and thus locations are divided in various Tiers. The proposed network
should provide flexibility with subsequent enhancement to traffic engineering,
resource reservation, dynamic provisioning, differentiated services and
network resiliency.

8. Network Architecture

8.1 Tier I. Tier I would interconnect 11 major locations of the Indian Navy across
the country over defence owned OFC and DWDM network infrastructure and
through Satellite for Island Locations. This tier would form the IP/MPLS core
for the NCN network for Indian Navy. The links used for interconnection would
be STM-64 POS/STM-16 POS/10GE/GE along with Encryptors.

8.2 Tier II. The remaining 33 locations of the Indian Navy would be connected
over defence owned OFC and DWDM network infrastructure and through
Satellite for Island Locations. This tier would form the IP/MPLS edge for the
NCN network for Indian Navy. The links used for interconnection would be
STM-64 POS/STM-16 POS/GE along with Encryptors.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 19 of 191

8.3 Tier III. Tier III consists of the regional metro aggregation network at Delhi,
Mumbai, Vizag, Kochi, Goa, Chennai and Port Blair. The regional metro
aggregation network for Tier III shall be present at few locations at various
metro cities across the country. These locations would be connected over a
DWDM infrastructure that the bidder will have to provide as per of his offer in
this tender. All such locations would form dual-homed hub-n-spoke
architecture towards the respective Tier I/Tier II location over Fiber optic
infrastructure provided by the Indian Navy. This would be redundant dual-
homed hub-and-spoke model where each node would be connected over
10GE to a hub that is a Tier I/Tier II node. This network would have network
wide tunnelling capabilities and should provide sub-50 msec resiliency and
offer all 4 services (Voice, Video, Data & mobility) to all users of this location.

8.4 Tier IV. The Tier IV access locations shall exist at all location of Indian Navy
where access layer switches shall be used to provide connectivity to the end-
users. The tier IV access layer shall be present at the various buildings within
each campus of Indian Navy. The access layer switches shall be dual-homed
with Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. In case of fibre cut the tier IV network
should provide rapid restoration to ensure minimal service disruption and such
restoration should be available on physical as well as logical layer of network.
Some of the existing switches which have been deployed on the existing
network may need integration to both the Operational and Administrative
network being built as part of NCN.

9. As part of this project, four Data Centre alongwith near line Data Centre and
one Disaster Recovery Centre would also be built. In addition three satellite
Data Centres would also be built up. Whilst, creating these Data Centres,
Indian Navy would like to adopt a Service Provider approach in both building
and running these data centers. Essentially it means that any
functions/features/facilities that are offered by Indian Navy in these data
centers should have the capability to be defined as service and this service
should be measurable through a performance metrics. In addition the
complete network would be administered and managed through two Active-
Active NOC and SOC which would operate 24 * 7 in shift basis.

10. The various applications are being divided into two broad categories:-

10.1 Operational Applications. Operational applications are rated mission critical


to the Indian Navy with zero tolerance towards any outages on these
applications. Hence, both physical cluster as well as virtual machine cluster
technologies will have to be duly considered and provisioned for these
applications while they are hosted in the data center.

10.2 Administrative Applications. Administrative applications are considered


one notch below Operational applications in terms of criticality; however, that
does not diminish the importance of these applications. A suitable virtual
machine cluster technology will have to be deployed addressing the critical
availability nature of these applications.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 20 of 191

OPERATIONAL AND FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS

11. NCN is being built in a hierarchical architecture across the country to cater all
its operational and functional needs. To meet the strategic and tactical
requirements of the Navy with high degree of security, there shall be two
separate networks that shall be built as part of NCN the Red Network and
the Blue Network. These two networks shall be completely separated and
they will not be interconnected with each other at any layer including at the
data center layer. At the center of the two networks there shall be an IP/MPLS
Core & Edge that shall build the national backbone. This backbone shall in
turn provide connectivity to the next layer that is called as the Metro
Aggregation layer. The metro aggregation layer shall be built with either
IP/MPLS or H-VPLS technology. The metro aggregation layer shall provide
connectivity to the Ethernet access layer that shall have end-user
terminations. There may be a few locations where the access layer may
directly terminate on the IP/MPLS Core & Edge layer; hence the architecture
proposed shall need to ensure uniformity of the service arability irrespective of
how the Ethernet access layer is terminated on the network. The following
diagram illustrates a high level architectural framework.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 21 of 191

12. TIER I.

12.1 Tier I covers the spread across the country. It would have countrywide carrier
class network based on latest technology of IP/MPLS (IP/MPLS in this tender
means IP based MPLS). The connectivity among the Tier I locations shall be
achieved using defence owned OFC and long-haul DWDM network. 10GE,
STM-16 POS and GE shall be the mode of transport for Indian Navy over this
long haul DWDM network and it should be able to fully interoperate with
encryption units.

12.2 Tier I shall be spread across 11 locations throughout India. These 11


locations will form the core and backbone of Naval Communication Network
(NCN). The core of the IP/MPLS network will be based on a two-stage core.
Each of these 11 locations in the IP/MPLS core will have two routers each for
both RED Network and Blue Network.

12.3 Super Core. Stage I of the IP/MPLS Core will have five locations where each
of these locations shall have two carrier-class terabit capacity IP/MPLS core
routers. The Stage I of the Core shall have a full mesh of 10 GE, STM-16
POS and GE connectivity among them.

12.4 Stage II of IP/MPLS Core will have six more locations where there would be a
10 GE, STM-16 and GE dual-homed partial mesh connectivity from each of
these six locations to two of the Stage I core location to avoid any outage
against link, node and site failure.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 22 of 191

12.5 The entire Tier I Core consisting of the 11 locations will be running MPLS
traffic engineering and fast reroute operation to provide sub-50ms of
protection. Core is kept short in order to have small core and which reduces
the operational overheads and convergence time would be short in case of
any core node failure.

12.6 Tier I locations would be provided with equipment as per the BOQ and
Schedule of Requirements (SOR).

13. TIER II.

13.1 The core network will provide connectivity to the 33 Tier II locations. Like the
Tier I locations, the Tier II locations will also have two each Tier II IP/MPLS
edge routers to ensure redundancy for these locations against any potential
node failure. Both Red Network and Blue Network shall follow the same

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 23 of 191

principle for the Tire II. There are a total of 33 such Tier II locations and hence
a total of 66 Tier II routers shall be present in this network for Red Network
and 66 more Tier II routers shall be present in the Blue Network. The
connectivity between the Tier II edge router to the core will be on STM-16 and
GE partial mesh in a dual homed fashion to two different Tier I locations to
ensure the redundancy of the network against potential link, node and even
site failure. The indicative network connectivity diagram is depicted here: -

13.2 Tier II locations would be provided with equipment as per the BOQ and
Schedule of Requirements (SOR).

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 24 of 191

14. Tier III.

14.1 The Tier III aggregation network of NCN shall be present only at seven Tier I
locations. At each such location, a Metro DWDM network with optical mesh
connectivity shall be built on dark fiber that is provided by Indian Navy. The
Metro DWDM network shall be built with multi-degree ROADM nodes and it
shall emulate a hub-and-spoke connectivity from the Tier III aggregation
nodes to the respective Tier I IP/MPLS edge location over the DWDM optical
mesh network. Each of these Tier I sites on the regional DWDM mesh
network shall have ROADM nodes with complete shelf protection with no
single point of failures including the shelf. All ROADM nodes in the NCN shall
be delivered in 4-degree configuration and it shall be upgradeable to 8-degree
for future expansions. There are some nodes where 8-degree ROADM will be
required from day 1 and the same shall be offered accordingly as per the
detailed technical specifications outlined later in the tender document. A high
level schematic diagram of the Metro DWDM transport network is shown
below:-

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 25 of 191

15. Tier IV Edge Network.

15.1 Tier IV edge network would interconnect all buildings/campus within the
premises. These buildings would be connected in aggregated to central
building of that campus. Tier IV edge is a very important network as this tier
where the end users will be present. There are around 1500 such building
/ blocks. They will be located either in Tier I or Tier II. The Connectivity shall
be based on Gigabit Ethernet. Navy/BSNL will provide the 96 Core dark fiber
and Fiber would be terminated on Fiber Distribution Frame. It is proposed to
have 1 Gigabit dedicated bandwidth to each desktop with 1+1 protection. End
to end QoS would be the key in this architecture.

15.2 The switches in the Red and Blue network shall get connected to their
respective upstream Edge Routers/Aggregation Router over dual-homed hub-
and-spoke Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. The architecture shall be fully
redundant with no single points of failure. Some of the Tier IV edge location
switches may need interconnection with the existing edge switches present in
the Indian Naval locations. The indicative network diagram is shown below:-

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 26 of 191

16. Services.

16.1 NCN should be able to deliver the following network based services anywhere
on all ports of all aggregation & edge routers - IPv4 and IPv6 transport, MPLS
Layer 3 VPN (Intranet, Extranet), Layer 2 VPN Point-to-point, Layer 2 VPN
Point-to-multipoint, Layer 2 VPN multipoint, Carrier Ethernet Services
(E-LINE, E-LAN, E-TREE), 6PE/6VPE, Multicast VPN, IP Multicast like PIM
SM, PIM SSM, MSDP routing, Inter-AS MPLS L3 VPN, Inter-AS L2VPN,
MPLS Carrier Supporting Carrier, Data centre interconnection and 3 level H-
QoS (per-subscriber, per-application QoS) for all subscribers. The proposed
network architecture shall allow provisioning of all these services on any port
of all aggregation and edge routers while the core performs high speed
IP/MPLS interconnection and switching. NCN should provide MPLS OAM on
all routers. The aggregation and edge router shall provide IEEE 802.ah,
802.1ag. The access network should be able to deliver Carrier Ethernet
Services E-LINE, E-TREE, E-LAN within a city, region and across the country
amongst multiple locations.

16.2 QoS. NCN should be capable of providing at least 3-level HQOS to ensure
per-subscriber per-application QoS granularity. The QoS solution offered by
the bidder for NCN should provide QoS features through implementation of
packet classification, bandwidth, queuing, rate limiting and congestion control
& congestion avoidance. Classification of traffic based on parameters like
Interface (physical and logical), DSCP, 802.1p COS, IP precedence, MPLS
EXP, TCP/UDP port and BGP communities should be possible.
16.3 Traffic engineering for NCN. MPLS-TE in NCN must allow LSP selection
based on VPN, LSP selection based on Class of Service. MPLS TE in NCN
shall support load balancing. It shall support Diff Serv aware traffic
engineering (DS-TE) to guarantee a QoS. All routers in NCN must support
MPLS TE FRR for fast restoration of traffic during node and link failures. It
should be possible to achieve <50ms reroute with TE FRR protection after a
protected link has failed. All the routers should provide Inter-Area and Inter-
AS MPLS TE.
17. General Qualitative Requirements for all Tiers
17.1 The routers would be configured to provide the defined IP/MPLS QoS
support. The network should provide MPLS Traffic Engineering, path
protection and node protection features for Access node originated traffics.
The core network must provide MPLS fast reroute features for traffic
engineering LSP/Tunnels. The network must not take more than 50ms for
traffic reroute for a five hop network, where each hop is of STM-64 capacity.
The MPLS network will provide VPN functionality as defined in RFC 2547bis.
17.2 The network should have the capability to grow and expand using open-
ended software/hardware. The network must be scalable and should cater for
at least 100% expansion by adding additional nodes/routers. The network
scalability should also support expansion in number of users for Voice and
data subscribers by a factor of 100%.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 27 of 191

17.3 The network will be operational on 24hrs X 365days basis. All equipment in
the network shall be designed for continuous operations. The ITU-T
specification G.826 is to be taken as the basis for calculation of availability.
Maximum round trip delay for IP packets should not exceed 50 ms (assuming
five hops in Terrestrial Network). Latency at each core router should be less
than 100s.

17.4 A single point failure on the equipment should not result in network or network
management system downtime. All critical modules will be identified by the
Bidder and provided in full redundant configuration for high reliability. The
network equipment should support hot plugging and hot swap of modules to
ensure maximum network availability and easy maintainability.

17.5 The system hardware/software should not pose any problem, due to changes
in date and time caused by events such as changeover of millennium/
century, leap year in the normal functioning of the system.

17.6 The network equipment should support online management through Bidder
Supplied Network Management System for centralized configuration,
performance monitoring, fault diagnostics and rectifications.

17.7 The OFC/UTP cabling being undertaken for this project should be as per
guidelines for structured cabling. The cables should be clearly marked and an
overall diagram with indication of the markings for every switch is to be
provided to the Indian Navy as part of the deliverables.

18. Network Reliability Requirement. The configuration, spares and repairs


for each subsystem, equipment and modules will be planned depending upon
its criticality in network and provide for planned reliability within the network.
System reliability will be quantified in terms of uptime for every equipment.

18.1 Core Network Equipment. All core routers will provide 99.999% uptime for
working on 24hrs x 365 days basis. All critical modules/cards such as control
cards and power supply cards of Core Network will have 100% redundancy.

18.2 Access Network Equipment. The routers will provide 99.999 % uptime for
working on 24hrsx365days basis. All access routers will be equipped with
redundant power supply modules, fans and other important single point of
failure components.

18.3 In case of fault in any modules/cards, the affected service should be restored
using the stand-by modules/cards. The faulty modules/cards will be replaced
by the Bidder as per the warranty and then AMC terms and conditions.

18.4 The Bidder will ensure configuration of the equipment so as to achieve the
overall system reliability as stated above.

18.5 The Bidder will ensure planning and placement of spares for all equipment so
as to achieve the required up time of the network.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 28 of 191

19. Voice Network

19.1 The Network will have next generation Voice over IP (VoIP) implementation
with a mix of both IP and analog end points. The voice transport across the
wide area network will happen over IP/MPLS cloud through Traffic
Engineering (TE) tunnels. The voice network will be fully non-blocking at all
level. The Call Session Control Functionality (CSCF) will be located at
multiple locations to cater for call control functionality of Indian Navys Voice
Network. The CSCF must register itself both IP and Analog extensions and
must support SIP, MGCP and H.323 protocol for call control functionality. The
IP extensions will be connected to the CSCF over LAN and WAN
infrastructure. The operational requirements and features of the Voice
Network are elaborated in succeeding paragraphs.

19.2 Voice network of the Indian Navy would be connected through PRI lines with
the local Naval Exchanges/BSNL/MTNL or service provider exchanges for
provisioning of connectivity with extraneous agencies. The Voice Network
may at later date need integration with the Wireless network of the Navy.

19.3 Distributed Call Session Control Functionality (CSCF), Survivability Call


Control Functionality (SCCF) at each Node, IP and Analog End Points,
Analog Telephony Gateway, PSTN Gateway, Feature Servers such as
Conferencing System and Voice Mail Infrastructure, IP or Analog interface
capable Broadcast System. Voice networking system would also be used for
online collaboration tool through integrated voice, video & web applications.

19.4 All the subscribers of the Voice network will be categorized in at least five
priority groups. Based on the priority of each subscriber, access will be given
to the network. In case of congestion in the network, all the low priority users
will be bumped out of the network to accommodate high priority users.

19.5 The voice network should provide inbuilt monitoring and analysis tools to
measure the performance of the voice network. It should monitor jitter, delay
and all other applicable parameters on real-time basis and report to the
network administrator when the said parameters.

20. Video Network

20.1 The video network needs to support Hi Definition Studio grade Telepresence,
Multimedia conferencing (Voice, Video & Web Conferencing), Video on
demand using stored multimedia files and Video streaming.

20.2 The Telepresence solution should be full high definition (1080p) true life size
conference facility to have virtual meeting room based conferences. Navy
shall have multiple telepresence studios across the country and the solution
shall facilitate one-to-one room call, multipoint room call. All telepresence
meetings should be recorded in High Definition (1080p) for future reference
and audit purposes.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 29 of 191

20.3 Apart from Telepresence, Navy shall have multiple users through
videophones and IP video conferencing units. Such units shall be capable to
get onto video conference using MCUs where a single meeting can host at
least 16 participants with continuous presence. The video conferencing with
Video Phone and standards based IP video conferencing units shall be fully
interoperable with the Telepresence solution so that a user with a videophone
and standards based IP video conferencing unit can get onto a Telepresence
call with Telepresence endpoints.

20.4 Indian Navy presently has auditoriums in major stations, as part of NCN, it is
intended to provide high definition video conferencing which would also
facilitate meetings with larger audience.

21. Security Layer

21.1 Encryptor. SAG graded encryptor would be sourced by Indian Navy from
the PSUs or Defence PSUs of the Government of India. These encryptor
would encrypt the data packets prior to its transmission outside the Naval
premises. The bidder and his OEM are to provide necessary assistance to
the PSUs/Defence PSU in integration including configuration of these
encryptor with the network. Both the bidder and his OEM are jointly and
severely responsible for this integration till the end of the warranty period.

21.2 Intrusion Prevention System. An inline intrusion prevention system (IPS)


that automatically blocks malicious attacks while preserving network
bandwidth and availability is an essential component of a comprehensive
threat protection solution. The Network security will be implemented at the
periphery of the campus network and Data Centers to protect computing
resources and VoIP end points from known and unknown attacks in real time,
including DOS, worms and application attacks. These should be administered
by a global, remote security information management system. The Intrusion
Prevention System should be a Hardware based appliance with adequate
throughput to handle both outbound and inbound traffic of Campus Network.

21.3 Firewall. All the segments on the network would also be protected with a
Firewall appropriately sized as specified in the annexure to this document.
The bidder must assist the Indian Navy in configuring this firewall for optimal
usage and ensure that it is not activated in default mode with all ports opened.

21.4 Advanced Persistent Threat (APT). The bidder should provide tools for
detection of malware which may be missed by firewall or Intrusion Prevention
System. APT for web network malware protection, Email malware protection,
File malware protection, Malware analysis system and management system
to centrally manage this hardware needs to be provided as part of this bid.

21.5 SOC. Two Security Operations Centre are being built as part of this tender.
SOCs are to be provided with hardware and software to manage the Security
of Network and all hardware/software being provided as part of this tender.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 30 of 191

22. Network Management System

22.1 NMS should be configured in a two layer as Element Management System


(eMS) for a system and comprehensive and integrated Umbrella Network
Management Systems (UNMS) to give a global picture of the network.

22.2 The network will be managed from the central fully duplicated NOCs to be
deployed at two hubs. Management terminals of the central NMS will also be
configured at each node to form the RNOCs for delegation of specific
management functions local to the node and its entities. The Central NMS will
interact with the native EMS and would enable close monitoring of both the
network equipment as well as the network traffic. It shall be possible to
monitor both the health and performance of all the equipment in the network.
It shall also be possible to check and set configuration on every element in the
network from the Central NMS through the EMS. The NMS shall provide
detailed traffic flow statistics, user trails and event logs in the network.

23. Data Center. Bidder should establish four Data Centers alongwith near line
data centres within 40 ~ 50 KMs of the Main Data Centre for synchronous
replication of Data. The Data Center should be as per specifications
mentioned in the technical parameter specification. As far as possible, the
Data Centre should comply to the TIA 942 standard, any deviation other than
the requirement of commercial power supply by state electricity boards/Indian
Navy should be obtained in writing by the bidder from Indian Navy. User will
only provide 3 Phase commercial power supply for the data center and water
for air conditioning. The primary data centre would synchronously replicate
the data to the Near Line Data Centre. All the seven DCs would
asynchronously replicate the data to the Common Disaster Recovery Centre.

24. Satellite Connectivity

24.1 The Network envisages the usage of Satellite bandwidth for provisioning
connectivity to Island locations as a primary link with full redundancy of
equipment in the RF and Modem. The bandwidth has to be hired by the
bidder from an indigenous satellite till the end of the warranty period.
Necessary assistance to the bidder for obtaining the bandwidth from ISRO
would be provided on conclusion of the contract.

24.2 In addition to the primary connectivity, Transportable Satellite Terminals


would be provided at all the locations to provision connectivity incase of
damage to the Optic Fibre Cable. This mobile vehicle should also be
provisioned with a high definition camera and associated equipment for
streaming of live video.

24.3 The Satellite equipment would have to be integrated with Encryptors being
procured by the Indian Navy. All necessary assistance would have to be
provided to the Indian Navy for successful integration of the Encryptor.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 31 of 191

25. Power Supplies

25.1 The network equipment such as Layer 2/Layer 3 switches, routers and other
devices are needs to be provisioned with stable AC/DC power supply for
continuous operation. Stable and regulated AC supply is also required to
power up the Data Centre and Network Operations Centre. The UPS and
(stabilisers required if any) being supplied are to be appropriately sized and
should be capable of taking the full load of the equipment that are likely to be
placed in each of the sites. The UPS provided should be TEC GE Compliant.

25.2 Power systems should be deployed in redundant configuration. Bidder has to


calculate the power requirement and power system of the same capacity
should be provided by the bidder.

25.3 The bidder has to make necessary arrangements for provisioning the earthing
at all premises as per IS 3043 with all guidelines with all amendments.

25.4 Necessary installation materials, power cable, sign writing board, run ways,
ACDB, DCDB etc should also be supplied.

25.5 All alarms related to power plant shall be extended in respective equipment
room as well as at the primary and alternate Network Operations Centre.

26. Test Equipment

Test Equipment and Analysis tools will be implemented in the network to


monitor the health and performance of the network. The test equipment will be
delivered at the respective locations as per the BOQ. Bidder will conduct
training sessions as for the period mentioned in the Appendixes covering
Operational and Maintenance aspects.

27. Passive Components

27.1 The passive component related activities for establishment of network is


broadly divided in to three categories.

27.2 Indoor Structured Cabling. The indoor structured cabling will be carried
inside user premises (HQ, OPS buildings) and will be based on mix of single
mode fiber and CAT VI cabling. The EIA/TIA 568B.2-1, Commercial Building
Telecommunication Cabling Standard (2002) will be the standard to be
followed for indoor structured cabling. The detailed quantity of the passive
components and approximate cabling distance is given in the attached BoQ.

27.3 Technical Parameters. The bidder shall adhere to the compliance of various
parameters as specified for each item. Technical specifications of the passive
components as per the latest specifications of TIA 942 and ISO/IETF
regulations of structured cabling.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 32 of 191

28. Software Components

28.1 Indian Navy has over a period of time evolved and developed an IT
infrastructure which is deployed at various locations across India. This
infrastructure primarily serves the purpose of authentication, mail messaging,
web and portal and to some extent unified communication. The present
infrastructure consists of a common MS Active Directory on Windows Server
2008, Virtualization on Windows Server 2008 hypervisor, mailing solution on
MS Exchange 2007, Portal solution based on MOSS 2007; Patch
management solution based on MS SCCM 2007, database solution based on
MS SQL 2008 and unified communication solution based on MS OCS 2007.
Most of the servers are virtualized using Microsoft Hyper-V solution.

28.2 The client side non-operation infrastructure is primarily based on windows


XP/Vista/8 with MS Office as office productivity suite. Security policies have
been implemented by using group policy feature of Active Directory to make
the infrastructure secure. The present infrastructure which has been deployed
to around 5000 users across Navy has proven to meet the security and non-
operational requirements.

28.3 Technical Parameters. The bidder shall adhere to the compliance of various
parameters as specified for each item.

29. General conditions for all equipment

29.1 All the equipment forming a part of this project shall support IPv6. All the
hardware supplied shall be ready to support IPv6 and no additional hardware;
software shall be required to be procured.

29.2 The word support wherever it appears in this tender document means that
the facility shall be available & in state of activation for commercial use in
NCN. Required interfaces, Hardware, software, licenses shall be supplied if
any to provide the services in NCN.

29.3 No hardware/software offered in the solution shall be subjected to any foreign


governments export control law where Indian Navy has to provide a Post
Shipment Verification/End User Monitoring clause.

29.4 NCN will be engineered and implemented as per network architecture


described in preceding paragraphs. Equipment should be sealed so as to
provide protection against dust and humidity. Full tropicalization, dust,
moisture insect, fungi & weather proofing would be required during usage &
storage condition.

29.5 All modules like SFPs, Cards etc would have to be provisioned by the bidder
with the equipment. If it is found that any additional equipment is required for
operationalising the system then the same would have to be provided free of
cost by the bidder.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 33 of 191

30. Maintenance and Repair Philosophy

30.1 The hardware, capacity and technology chosen for NCN should be in use for
at least for 10 years. Accordingly, NCN equipment would be sufficiently
scalable and upgradeable so as to cater for future increase in requirement of
bandwidth, number of NCN establishments and subscribers. Maintenance
support for all hardware and software products of NCN will be required for at
least 10 years from date of acceptance of network by the user. Entire network
will be under AMC, after expiry of warranty period, for a period of 7 years.

30.2 System Reliability Requirements. The network will be highly reliable. The
MTBF and MTTR of all equipment/subsystems/systems of the network should
be such that overall system reliability of 99.999% in terms of network uptime
is met. The system reliability will be quantified in terms of uptime of each
equipment in the network and availability of services to 99% of the users.

30.3 Maintainability. The Network should have the "self-healing" capability


through the design of the network and by catering for sufficient redundancy.

30.4 All components shall be easily accessible for testing and all bays and back
panel wiring shall be accessible from the front side. Systematic flow chart
should be available for the probable faults with their remedial actions to be
taken. Supervisory indications, built in test facility and other control switching
should be available at convenient heights. Mechanical toolkits and SMT's
required for fault analysis/rectification of equipment should be available.

30.5 Maintenance philosophy is to replace faulty unit after quick analysis of


monitoring alarm indications and built in test equipment. Actual repair shall be
undertaken at a suitable centralized repair centre. The installation at site shall
involve simple plug in connections only. Network should support hot plugging
and hot swap of modules to ensure maximum availability and maintainability.

30.6 Markings. The plug-in units, whose removal or insertion while the equipment
is in operation might endanger the reliability or performance of the equipment,
shall have suitable protection and caution marking.

30.7 Maintenance Philosophy. The entire equipment being COTS, the


basic principle of maintenance shall be 'forward replenishment and immediate
replacement'. The lead-time required for repairs shall be kept to bare
minimum due to the criticality and strategic importance of the Network from
National Security stand point. Apart from the spares stocking as laid down,
the bidder shall take the locations into account for requisite arrangements for
the maintenance. The bidder shall be responsible for the satisfactory
performance of the entire system in its designed lifespan of 10 years (three
years of Warranty and 7 years of comprehensive AMC) from the date of
commissioning of the project. The bidder shall undertake the engineering
support for the repair and maintenance of entire Network. The Annual
Maintenance Agreement shall be comprehensive including spares.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 34 of 191

30.8 Unit Repairs. These are repairs carried out within the unit holding this
equipment with tools generally held within the unit or supplied by the
manufacturer with each equipment or any other scaling recommended by the
manufacturer as per population held in the unit. These pertain to cleaning,
minor repairs and replacement of components and minor assemblies that can
be carried out in field without any sophisticated tools or test equipment. For
carrying out such repairs, the bidder is required to provide the following:-

(a) Table of Tools and Equipment (TOTE) with each equipment including
operators manual.

(b) Scaling of special tools and spares.

30.9 Field Repairs. These are repairs carried out in the field by bidders
technicians specially trained for this purpose and where the required special
tools and spares have to be provided. These repairs comprise replacement of
major assemblies and other components beyond the scope of unit level
repairs. The manufacturer is required to provide the following:-

(a) Quantity and specification of spares to be stocked at each Node.

(b) Special Maintenance Tools and Test Equipment that need to be


provided at each Node.

(c) All necessary technical literature.

31. Level of the Maintenance

31.1 Bidder will stock spares at each hub, node, entities and Regional
Maintenance Centres (RMCs) to be established at four locations during the
period of warranty. A resident engineer will be at each RMC. The spares held
by the bidder shall be over and above spare equipment being procured by the
Buyer as technical/War Reserve. The bought out spare equipment shall be
used only at the discretion of the Buyer, in case of a severe emergency.

31.2 The maintenance shall cover the repair of equipment/systems/ subsystems/


modules/ cards/ parts/ antennae/ connectors/ outdoor telecom cables/ power
cables/software supplied by the bidder including bought-out items, repair and
maintenance of network integration including services, management and
security platforms. Maintenance will include repair of faults, routine periodic
maintenance and any overhaul that may be required from time to time. Repair
shall be in the form of in-situ repairs, emergency repairs, routine repairs and
routine regular visits of engineers to sites. The maintenance effort shall cover
all repairable and expendable items of hardware and software elements and
peripherals. The maintenance during the warranty shall be comprehensive
and BSNL/Indian Navy shall not pay for any repairs/replacements/visit of the
engineer to the sites separately.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 35 of 191

31.3 The bidder will supply and install/implement all essential modifications of all
hardware devices supplied and installed by him, free of cost during the
warranty and AMC period, which would be necessary for all essential
upgrades/ patches of software during the warranty and AMC period.

32. Quality Assurance. The quality of manufacturing processes should be as


per ISO 9002. The equipment manufactured in India shall conform DoT/BSNL
QA standard issued vide documents No OM 118, QM 205, QM 206, QM 210
& QM 301 and other standards as mentioned in this Tender.

33. Safety and Protection.

33.1 All equipment shall be made failsafe against unforeseen events like improper
connections, under voltage or over voltage, open circuit/short circuit
conditions.

33.2 All equipment should be non-hazardous in; nature to operating and


maintenance personnel. It must not emit any hazardous radiation and must
have suitable protection against electrical and electronic hazards. Any
precautions to be observed during maintenance should be prominently printed
on the equipment body itself. Operating persons should be protected against
shock hazards as per latest BIS standards.

33.3 All equipment shall be so designed that a fault in particular circuit does not
result in any damage to any other part(s) of the equipment.

33.4 The equipment shall have a terminal for grounding the rack. Tubes if any,
used in the equipment shall be of implosion type and not explosion type. All
unused parts and monitoring points should be properly terminated. Visual and
aural alarms shall be provided to user against any event hazardous to
human/equipment.

33.5 There should not be unintended radiation due to leakages in equipment. If a


fiber is broken or an optical connector is opened, laser should automatically
shut down or optical power decreased to a value less than -10 dbm.

33.6 The equipment including Antenna and feeder should have adequate
protection against lightning and power surges. All equipment shall have
provision for grounding.

34. Progress Report

34.1 Bidder shall monitor progress of all the activities related to the execution of
this contract and shall submit to the report Indian Navy, at no extra cost,
progress reports with reference to all related work, milestones and their
progress during the implementation phase on a weekly basis. Extracts of the
report to be termed, as Executive Summary shall also be submitted in 2
copies, both in printed and electronic format on a CD/DVD.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 36 of 191

34.2 Formats for the abovementioned reports and their dissemination mechanism
shall be discussed and finalized at the Kick-Off meeting. Indian Navy on
mutual agreement between both parties may change the formats, periodicity
and dissemination mechanism for such reports.

34.3 Periodic meetings on a zonal basis shall be held between the representatives
of the Indian Navy and the bidder once in every 15 days during the
implementation phase to discuss the progress of implementation. After the
implementation phase is over, the meeting shall be held as an ongoing basis,
once a month to discuss the performance of the contract. The bidder shall
ensure that the respective solution teams involved in the execution of work
are part of such meetings.

34.4 A high level Steering Committee involving representatives of Indian Navy,


BSNL and senior officials of the bidder (including the Managing Director,
Country Head and Operational Head) shall be formed for the purpose of this
contract. This committee shall meet at intervals, as decided by the Purchaser
later, to oversee the progress of the project.

34.5 BSNL/Indian Navy reserves the right to inspect and monitor/assess the
progress/performance of the work/services at any time during the course of
the Contract. BSNL/Indian Navy may demand and upon such demand being
made, the bidder shall provide documents, data, material or any other
information which BSNL/Indian Navy may require, to enable it to assess the
progress/performance of the work/service.

34.6 At any time during the course of the Contract, BSNL/Indian Navy shall also
have the right to conduct, either itself or through another agency as it may
deem fit, an audit to monitor the performance by the bidder of its
obligations/functions in accordance with the standards committed to or
required by Indian Navy and bidder undertakes to cooperate with and provide
to the BSNL/Indian Navy/any other agency appointed by the Purchaser, all
Documents and other details as may be required by them for this purpose.

34.7 Should rate of progress of works or any part of them at any time fall behind
stipulated time for completion or is found to be too slow to ensure completion
of the works by stipulated time, or is in deviation to Tender requirements/
standards, BSNL/Indian Navy shall so notify the bidder in writing.

34.8 The bidder shall reply to the written notice giving details of the measures he
proposes to take to expedite the progress so as to complete the works by the
prescribed time or to ensure compliance to Tender requirements. The bidder
shall not be entitled to any additional payment for taking such steps. If at any
time it should appear to Indian Navy that actual progress of work does not
conform to approved programme the bidder shall produce at request of the
Indian Navy a revised programme showing the modification to the approved
programme necessary to ensure completion of the works within the time for
completion or steps initiated to ensure compliance to stipulated requirements.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 37 of 191

34.9 In case during execution of works, the progress falls behind schedule or does
not meet the Tender requirements, the bidder shall deploy extra manpower/
resources to make up the progress or to meet the Tender requirements.
Programme for deployment of extra man power/ resources will be submitted
to BSNL/Indian Navy for its review and approval, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld. All time and cost effect in this respect shall be borne,
by the bidder within the contract value.

35. Project Management

35.1 The bidder should have an efficient organization structure to handle the
project on pan India basis and should ensure rollout of network as per defined
timelines. The prospective bidders must submit the organization structure to
handle & execute the project along with the bid.

35.2 Organization. The project team shall be headed by a senior level


executive who shall be responsible to BSNL and Indian Navy for the
execution of the project. Separately designated functions shall be identified for
each of the areas mentioned above. These functions shall have sufficient
personnel to coordinate technical/procedural matters and to quickly resolve
any day to day issues of the Bidder and also to resolve quickly any queries or
references made by BSNL and Indian Navy. Additional roles if felt necessary
by the bidder may be defined and personnel deployed accordingly.

SNo Key Roles Minimum Minimum Minimum


Qualification Experience No of
related to Members
project Required
scope (Yrs)
(a) Project Director B.E/B Tech and 20 1
MBA with PMP or
equivalent
(b) Project Manager B.E/B Tech and 15 6
MBA with PMP or
equivalent
(c) Design B.E/B Tech + 10 24
engineer(s) for OEM Certification
each sub system
(d) Site Engineer(s) OEM Certified 3 As
required

35.3 The bidder shall deploy only resident citizens of the Republic of India. No
foreigners shall be deployed in NCN project by bidder. The resources shall
have valid documents of his proof of citizenship and resident status (valid
address proof) that bidder will have to submit to Indian Navy during start of
project for security and background verification.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 38 of 191

35.4 Bidder shall include in his Bid proposal a Level-1 (L-1) Project Management
Plan showing the major activities and various major milestones to complete
the project as per schedule mentioned at Section 2 Clause 5. In case of
award of contract, the Bidder shall use Primavera (latest edition) Software
or equivalent to develop and monitor the Detailed Project Master Plan for
review and approval within 15 calendar days after the release of Purchase
Order. The schedule shall fully inter-relate design and manufacture. Events
shall indicate points in the programs at which a significant stage has been
reached and which is of sufficient status for reporting to management. All
programs containing scheduled dates including those for design,
manufacturing shall be adhered to by the Bidder and shall not be changed
except as may be agreed by BSNL/Indian Navy. The Bidder shall designate a
Planning Representative who shall be readily available at all reasonable times
to the BSNL/Indian Navy and who shall be of sufficient status to have free
access to the Bidder's management staff and to the Bidder's and Sub-Bidders
workshops, site works etc. and shall be able to represent the Bidder on all
matters of planning and progress.

35.5 Certified copies of photo identity cards, Curriculum-Vitae and Police


Verification Certificate of the personnel to be deployed is to be forwarded to
Indian Navy for its approval within 15 calendar days of release of Purchase
Order.

35.6 The bidder should to the best of his efforts, avoid any change in the
organization structure proposed for execution of this contract or replacement
of any manpower resource appointed at the Sites. Only, in the unforeseen
circumstances of the resource leaving the bidders organisation, change
would be permitted with the approval of Indian Navy.

35.7 In case of approved replacement of any manpower resource, bidder should


ensure efficient knowledge transfer from outgoing resource to the incoming
resource and adequate hand-holding period (for at least one month) and
training for incoming resource in order to maintain continued level of service.

35.8 All manpower resources deployed by the bidder for execution of this contract
must strictly adhere to the attendance reporting procedures and make their
services available for the entire reporting time period at Sites or any location
designated by the BSNL/Indian Navy.

35.9 The bidder shall be responsible for the deployment, transportation,


accommodation and other requirements of all its employees required for the
execution of the work and provision of services for all costs/charges in
connection thereof.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 39 of 191

36. TRAINING

36.1 The successful bidder and his OEMs directly shall provide training to 100
officials from Indian Navy in India for Installation, Operation, Testing,
Maintenance of System and Software. The quality and content of the training
shall be so designed that the Indian Navy officials will be sufficiently exposed
to all the aspects of planning, engineering, installation, testing, provisioning,
operations of the networks. The training shall also cover necessary hardware
and software architecture details. The training modules and their duration
shall be finalized by the selected bidder in consultation with purchaser.
Detailed training material shall also be supplied by the selected bidder to
enable IN to train more number of officers independently. All the expenses
related to travel, boarding and lodging of for Indian Naval officers will be borne
by Indian Navy.

36.2 Phase I. The first phase of training would be to train the officers of the
project team implementing the project. A team of 80 officials (in four batches)
from the Indian Navy would be trained directly by the OEMs of the equipment
for Installation, Operation, Testing, Maintenance of System and Software. No
cost either for the course or certification would be borne by either Indian Navy
or BSNL.

(a) Networking. The training including certification examinations should


commence with CCNA/JNCIA/AQPS till CCIE/JNCIE/ACSE inclusive of
other Network Security certifications. or equivalent

(b) Testing. Advanced training including certification by the OEMs in the


usage, concepts and building of test cases is to be conducted directly
by the OEM.

(c) NOC/SOC. The respective OEMs for the hardware/software that is


proposed to be deployed at the NOC and SOC would have to conduct
a detailed advanced training programme as per globally available
standards, in addition atleast 50 personnel from the Navy should
undergo the security certification ITIL/CISA/CISSP.

36.3 Phase II. The second phase of the training envisages training to the
trainers consisting of 20 officials from Indian Navy directly by the OEM (not
through channel partners or bidder) in introductory and advanced course. In
addition, OEM is to facilitate the trainers with detailed lesson plans, course
material, simulator and other equipment/documents as required for successful
conduct of the training by the Trainers. Similarly, the System Integrator is to
provide customized training to these trainers on the hardware/software that
has been used to implement this project.

(a) Refresher training is to be imparted to these trainers on a yearly basis


for the duration of the warranty and subsequent AMC.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 40 of 191

(b) OEMs are to depute their trainers to the Naval Training School on a
mutually convenient date to monitor the training being imparted by the
Indian Naval Trainers atleast twice every year for the duration of the
warranty and subsequent AMC. The OEM trainers should also be
available to the Naval trainers on email, telephone and VC if required.

(c) OEMs are to provide free certification to all the students undergoing the
course being conducted by the Indian Naval Trainers. Certificate needs
to be issued to only the qualified candidates. The certification centre as
per guidelines of the OEM should also be setup as part of the project.
The certification examination could be conducted either in online or
offline formats. Approximately 500 students would be trained in a year.

36.4 Phase III. The System Integrator would conduct at two levels: Advanced
Level and Operator Level. For the class room training, Bidder would provision
necessary technical literature.

(a) Advanced Training. The Advanced level training would be for the
Naval personnel who will be responsible for planning, implementing
and maintaining the network systems in an operational state. These
personnel should be able to control, plan, architect or reconfigure the
network for specific requirements. The training will be carried out at
Delhi, Mumbai, Vizag and Kochi. In a totally integrated training course,
formal or theoretical training must be reinforced with practical training.
The proposed training should include formal classroom training
followed by training on the actual equipment delivered, referred to as
hands-on training. Repeated practical training serves to bridge
between the students theoretical knowledge and his practical
experience. It also serves to reinforce earlier classroom training. The
training should include formal classroom training as well as the
practical training. Atleast 30% of the training should be theoretical while
70% of the time should be given to practical aspects of the training.
The overall broad guidelines for conduct of the training is as indicated
below:-

(i) Part 1 (Protocols). The training would be extensive covering


every aspect of the protocols in use in the network. During the
training, instructor should explain its relevance and how it is
being implemented. It is expected that this part of the training
will be user/application oriented with domain knowledge
reinforcement provided as base by the trainer.

(ii) Part 2 (Operation and Management of the Network). This part


of training should cover detailed system overview and network
description, theory and operation and maintenance of network
routers, switches and other associated networking equipment.
After training trainee should be confident enough to configure/
reconfigure network elements and carryout troubleshooting.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 41 of 191

(iii) Part 3 (Maintenance of the Network). This part of training


should cover the principle of the maintenance aspects of all
available equipment in the network using the available spares.
Trainees should be able to recognize the faults by using
requisitioned test equipment and should be able to maintain the
network in an operational condition.

(b) Operator Level Training. The Operator Level training will be


conducted at each site before commencement of the Installation
Process. The training will be conducted for about 20 personnel per site
for a period of 5 days including class room and hands on practical
training on the equipment. At the end of 5 days training the personnel
should be able to associate actively in the installation and
commissioning of the end equipment at their respective locations. After
commissioning of the end equipment, they should also be able to
operate and maintain them independently.

36.5 Training Lab. The Bidder will establish a training lab at Kochi for conduct of
the above mentioned training. A indicative list of equipment required for the
training is included in the SOR, however, the bidder and OEM may amend
this list. The space for establishing the Lab will be provided by the user.
Bidder will undertake supply and installation of raised floorings, ceiling, air-
conditioning equipment, racks and cable trays for structured cabling. The lab
is to be an exact replica of the network being built up in the field.
Modifications are to be carried out to the lab environment to meet this
necessity till the time of Commissioning of the network. In addition the bidder
needs to create an exam certification lab as per the guidelines of the various
OEMs for conduct of the certification exams as per clause 36.3 (c) above.

36.6 Testing Labs. Both SOCs are to be equipped with testing labs which should
create a sandbox environment of naval network. All equipment, upgrades,
patches etc would be validated in this testing lab before is deployed on the
live network.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 42 of 191

SECTION 3 Part B

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 43 of 191

Annexure 1
ROUTERs

Base Documents. TEC GR No. GR/DCA-22/03 Mar 2011 on Optical Router with
latest amendments and RFC 4364. All routers should be NEBS Level 3 and EAL 2
compliant. The Specifications & parameters given below shall override the
specifications & parameters given in TEC GR.

1. The different types of routers that would form a part of the NCN are as
follows:-

(a) Super Core Router (5 Tier I Sites) - Type 1 Router

(b) Core Router (6 Tier I Sites + 33 Tier II Sites) - Type 2 Router

(c) Aggregation Router (11 Sites) - Type 3 Router

(d) Access Router - Type 4 Router

(e) Route Reflector - Type 5 Router

(f) Gateway Router - Type 6 Router

Architectural Requirement

2. The resources in the router, such as CPU, memory, etc. shall be capable of
handling the ultimate capacity with all the features enabled as specified in the
requirements given in this document without any deterioration in performance.
If at any stage, it is found that these resources are insufficient, the bidder shall
provide the same at no extra cost to Indian Navy. All routers should be a
single box solution with all interfaces. The line/interface module should be
provided with sufficient memory to provide all features and services
simultaneously without degrading the performance in any manner.

3. The router shall provide Ethernet bundling both for Gigabit Ethernet and
10 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces quoted, as per IEEE 802.3ad.

4. All optical interfaces should be configured as either client interface or network


interface. The 10GE interfaces should also be capable of functioning as OTU2
interface through software configuration.

5. The meaning of Slot for of any routers and wherever it appears in this tender
document means a main slot (full slot) on the router chassis. Only a main slot
on the router chassis shall be counted to fulfil any tender requirements for
number of free slots (no sub-slot or daughter slot shall be considered as
Slot).

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 1 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 44 of 191

6. Failure of one switch fabric card should not degrade performance & capacity
of routers. Failure of one switch fabric card should not degrade per line card
available bandwidth and bandwidth of line card to fabric connectivity.

7. The system hardware and software should be scalable and allow growth in
the network. Towards this atleast two vacant slots after all the interfaces are
populated needs to be available on the routers.

8. There should be no single point of failure in any of the router and all common
control components on the router like power supply, fabric, route processor,
fan tray/fan shall be provided with complete redundancy. Redundancy does
not imply spare unit. In case of a line card failure on the routers; multicast
distribution and multicast replication architecture of the router shall ensure
zero packet loss of multicast video, audio & data traffic running on rest of the
line cards in the system. If any feature to meet technical specifications of the
routers is offered on a service module in the router, then 1+1 redundancy of
those service modules with Stateful failover capability should be supplied.

9. The routers should provide IETF Netflow-v9/J-Flow v9/equivalent feature and


IPv4 and IPv6. The router would be accessed using SSH for secured access
of the system for management.

Performance Metrics

10. Switching Backplane. Based on number of users, services, number of


slots, ports, network architecture, scalability and user specific requirements
following are the minimum capacities of half duplex Backplane switching
fabric worked out for MPLS based routers.

Type of router Usable Usable Forwarding


Backplane full Backplane half throughput
duplex (Gbps) duplex (Gbps) *
Type 1 Super Core 500 1000 744
Type 2 Core, Edge 300 600 446
Type 3 Aggregation 500 1000 744
Type 4 Access 120 240 178
Type 5 Route Reflector 5 10 7
Type 6 Gateway 60 120 84

* Forwarding throughput measured at 64 byte MPPS

11. Backplane capacity indicated above refers to the usable backplane capacity.
The usable back plane capacity will be calculated as follows:-

11.1 Backplane capacities shall only take available line card slot capacities for
calculation which are provided as part of the Tender. No slots used for route
processors with redundancy, switch fabric with redundancy, service modules
for delivering specific features shall be used to calculate backplane capacity.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 1 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 45 of 191

11.2 Maximum non-blocking capacity (i.e. usable back plane capacity) of the router
= (No of usable interface slots available in the chassis) x (capacity of interface
slot). If due to fabric failure throughput of a particular line card(s) degrades,
the same card(s) is (are) NOT eligible for usable backplane calculations.

Interface Requirements

12. The equipment shall be provided with the following standard interfaces as
mentioned against each type of router:-

Type of router 10 Gig 1GE (1310nm) STM-16 E1/E3


(1310nm) (1310nm)
Type-1 18 30 8 8 E3
Type-2 8 30 4 8 E3
Type-3 21 40 (1000 Base LX) Nil Nil
Type-4 4 40 (1000 Base LX) Nil Nil
Route Reflector Nil 4 Nil Nil

Gateway 4 10 4 8 E3 12 E1

13. Interfaces on a single daughter card installed on the same base card and
Interfaces on multiple daughter cards installed on the same base card both
considered as single point of failure.

14. All routers should have H-QoS with 64k hardware queues per card.

15. All interfaces on the router should be supplied as integrated interfaces and
should not require any external convertors/adapters. All interfaces on the
aggregation and edge router should support both L2 and L3 services.

16. All router line cards supplied as part of this tender should be interchangeable
across the other types of routers so as to provide flexibility in terms of spares
management and flexibility during deployment.

17. All routers along with respective line cards should be supplied with timing
protocol support such as 1588v2 (with boundary clock as well as ordinary
clock (master and slave) and sync E.

18. Video Monitoring. The proposed routers should have capability to check
quality of the video traffic transiting through the router. The video monitoring
function shall work on both IP and MPLS enabled interfaces and it should be
able to measure quality metrics such as delay, jitter, MPEG MDI (RFC 4445),
Media Stop Event for uncompressed and compressed video formats (MPEG).

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 1 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 46 of 191

Annexure 2

ACCESS SWITCHES

Base Documents. Chapter 4 of TEC GR No.GR/LSW-01/04 MAR 2011 with latest


amendments and EAL 2 compliant.

Additional Specification.

1. The switch should have atleast 44 nos. of 10/100/1000BaseTx interfaces and


atleast 4 numbers of 1000 Base LX gigabit uplink fiber ports. All the 48
interfaces should be activated simultaneously and shall operate at line rate.
The 48 port switch should have atleast 48 Gbps full duplex usable backplane
with atleast 70 Mpps of forwarding capacity (64 byte).

2. The Switches should be capable of stacking of minimum 4 switches together


using dedicated stacking ports with wirespeed stacking bandwidth (48 Gbps).

3. The switch should be capable of mirroring the routed VLAN interface or routed
interface.

4. The switch should support Static route, RIPv2, OSPF, IS-IS, BGP routing
protocols, IPv6 routing and OSPFv3.

5. The switch should support RADIUS based authentication to restrict


unauthorized users from altering the configuration and capable of supporting
multiple AAA (running RADIUS or TACACS) servers, configured for its
operation so that in case it doesnt get a response from the first server, the
second server would be tried for. Support of TACACS as per RFC 1492.

6. The switch should support dynamic ARP inspection, DHCP snooping and IP
Source guard.

7. The switch being provisioned by the bidder should be fully populated with
appropriate SFPs and there should not be any empty slots.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 2 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 47 of 191

Annexure 3

REGIONAL METRO DWDM SYSTEM

1. The Metro DWDM system shall be deployed in the Optical Mesh network for
interconnecting Tier III sites at seven locations. Each of the sites shall have
DWDM ROADM nodes with full shelf protection of all components to ensure
no single point of failures.

2. The bidder is expected to perform a detailed survey post the award of the
contract to get the site wise details. The offered DWDM system shall support
unified control plane mechanism that associates automatic discovery of
network elements and should support directionless and colourless features to
create dynamic network.

3. The DWDM/ROADM equipment shall be able to carry 2.5G, 10G and 40G
wavelengths. The ROADM system shall support flexible optical topologies
point-to-point, linear, ring, and mesh for 40-Channel DWDM network.

4. All the nodes in the network (including inline amplifier nodes if required) shall
be equipped with 40 ROADMs from beginning, so that traffic units can be
added without any service disruption. The offered equipment shall have option
to support up to 80 ROADMs to accommodate future expansions plans of
Indian Navy.

5. The ROADM system should have the function of Automatic Power Control to
monitor, adjust optical power and equalize the optical power of all channels at
input of the transmission fiber on a per channel basis with real time and
graphical views.

6. The ROADM system shall have the capability to automatically adjust variable
optical attenuation parameters, and Amplifier parameters on all optical paths.
The system should also have feature for Automatic Laser Shutdown ITU
G.664 and Automatic Power Reduction as part of the standard network optical
safety.

7. The ROADM system should have all network element node functional view as
part of the GUI feature of the craft terminal and the network management
system. Network Level Alarm Correlation should be as per ITU-T G.798
standards.

8. The ROADM system should support 12 spans of 16dB loss with G.652 fiber
and Optical Protection Switching should be within 50ms.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 3 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 48 of 191

9. The Metro DWDM solution, all transponders should be a part of the


Aggregation and Edge routers (G.709 OTN compliant 10GE) if quoted in the
router or else the Metro DWDM system should provide a comprehensive
solution. The 10G transponder or muxponder modules of the Metro DWDM
shall support either full C band tunable optics or pluggable module on DWDM
side and support FEC and EFEC.

10. The DWDM Network Planning Tool to facilitate network design and increasing
the design speed should be provided. It should provide ROADM feature
simulation and optimization functions. Different parameters including span
length, fiber loss and fiber dispersion shall have to be taken into account in
the ROADM network design tool. System should have the feasibility of traffic
using properties of Alien Optics (Transponder/Muxponder/other equipment).

11. The tool should be able to perform any-to-any traffic analysis so that the
proposed ROADM network is feasible for traffic between any two pair of
nodes. The offered solution should be designed so that any 10G traffic
between a pair of nodes can be supported by addition of only
Transponders/Muxponders. This should not need any modification in the
optical layer including ROADMs, Filters (Mux/Demux) and Amplifiers.

12. The 10G Transponders should support STM64, 10GE LAN/WAN PHY, 10G
FC and OTU2 and also support data and storage aggregation over DWDM
network based on T-GFP G.7041 encapsulation standards.

13. The data card shall provide Flexible Protection Mechanism support that
includes 1+1 protection and splitter protection.

14. The offered DWDM system should have an embedded GUI based user
friendly craft terminal or element manager on processor. This craft interface
should be able to support all management tasks related to the node including
Fault and Performance Monitoring, and Provisioning the Node and creating
circuits. Different connection methods shall be supported which includes local
craft, corporate LAN, TL1 and Remote.

15. The bidder shall provide an advanced, cross-platform optical element


management system, for unified network operations and interface to a
network management system and operations support system. The EMS
should be able to manage the complete DWDM network and have multi-site
redundancy for high Availability.

16. The bidder shall have to quote the metro DWDM as per the following sample
network and its parameters mentioned below. The actual Bill of materials shall
be derived post the APO and upon the submission of the detailed site survey
results for all metro regions.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 3 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 49 of 191

17. Some of the indicative optical specifications considered for the design of the
DWDM network are G.652 SMF Fiber, 0.3 dB/KM Attenuation, 18.5 ps/nm
CD, 0.5db Per End, Insertion Loss, 3dB EOL Aging Factor, 0.065 ps/sq-root
KMPMD.

18. The distance between any two sites in the above diagram to be considered as
30 KMs. No active electronics like transponder/muxponder/ROADM/amplifier
etc. shall be shared on any node between the blue and the red network
transport services.

19. The sample network diagram shows two HUB site (Hub Node 1 and Hub
Node 2) and 10 spoke nodes. There would be physically separate fiber ducts
for the Blue and the Red networks. The circuits for the Blue and Red networks
shall be provisioned through their respective fiber ducts only.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 3 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 50 of 191

20. All DWDM ROADM nodes shall be provided with full shelf protection with all
active cards distributed in minimum two DWDM shelves. There shall be no
single point of failure in any node. All nodes shall be powered with 48/60V
redundant DC.

21. From each of the 10 spoke nodes, following transport services are required:-

SNo Link Details Quantity


(a) 10G Lambda for Red Network towards Hub Node 1 1
(b) 10G Lambda for Blue Network towards Hub Node 1 1
(c) 10G Lambda for Red Network towards Hub Node 2 1
(d) 10G Lambda for Blue Network towards Hub Node 2 1

22. Only Between the Hub Node 1 and Hub Node 2 the following transport
services are required

SNo Link Details Quantity


(a) 10G Lambda for Red Network 2
(b) 10G Lambda for Blue Network 2
(c) 8G Fiber Channel for Red Network 2
(d) 8G Fiber Channel for Blue Network 2

23. The bidder shall submit a detailed design of the sample network with all traffic
demands as per the requirements mentioned above. The detailed design shall
include the detailed bill of materials, equipment diagram up to the card level,
optical power level analysis and wave length routing design.

24. The financial bid shall include a detailed line item wise pricing of all DWDM
equipment for all parts. If itemized price of any line item is missing, it will be
understood the price of that particular price is ZERO (NIL) and the bidder shall
be liable to supply the same part at free of cost as per the arrived quantity
post the site survey after the award of the APO.

25. The Schedule of Requirements (SOR) asks price quote for 7 Regional Metro
DWDM Network systems. It is to be understood by the bidder that each
Regional Metro DWDM Network System in the SOR means the
completely configured Metro DWDM network of the 12 nodes (2 Hub
Nodes and 10 Spoke nodes) with all 10G and FC transport services as
per the requirement mentioned above.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 3 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 51 of 191

Annexure 4

DATA CENTRE CORE SWITCH

1. The core switch should be a Multilayer Switch with sufficient modules/line


cards to fit required transceivers/UTP ports. Chassis shall have minimum 15
payload slots. The switch should be equipped with 80 x 10G ports from day
one and 2 x 40 UTP based gigabit port. All ports should be line rate and must
be distributed across two slots atleast and be scalable by 25 %.

2. The total aggregate switching capacity shall be 1.2Tbps full duplex and
scalable to 2 Tb full duplex or more and 1.7 Bpps at 64 byte packet.

3. There should not be any single point of failure in the switch. All the main
components like CPU module, switching fabric, support module, system clock,
power supplies and fans should be in redundant configuration. Components,
like modules/power supplies/fan tray should be Hot Swappable

4. The switch should have redundant CPU's working in an active-active or


active-standby mode. There should not be any traffic disruption during the
CPU fail-over/change-over and the fail-over time should be less than 1 sec.
The switch should have Zero-service-loss hardware & software architecture.

5. Stateful Switchover and Nonstop Forwarding to ensure that in case of failure


of active CPU module the redundant CPU should start switching L2/L3 traffic
in less than 1 sec.

6. The switch should support IEEE 802.1w RSTP, IEEE 802.1s MSTP,RIP
v1/v2, OSPF, BGPv4, IS-IS, hardware based IPv4 and IPv6 Multicasting,
IGMP v1, v2 , v3, IGMP Snooping, IPv6 packet switching and routing using
OSPFv3 in hardware from day one.

7. The switch should support graceful restart for routing protocols.

8. Should be able to limit traffic flows based on MAC Source/Destination


address, IP Source/Destinations address, TCP/UDP port nos etc.

9. Should support QoS scheduling with queues supported in hardware.

10. Should support policy based traffic classification based on Type of Service
(ToS), IP Precedence mapping, Layer 2/3/4 defined traffic flows, MAC
address, VLANs.

11. Should support Protocol Independent Multicast - Sparse Mode and PIM -
SSM for IPv4 and IPv6, MSDP.

12. The Switch should be supplied with all relevant software/hardware licenses.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 4 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 52 of 191

Annexure 5

DATA CENTRE AGGREGATION SWITCH

1. Modular architecture rack mountable Switch. Rack mount kit to be provided


along with the switch

2. The Switch should have internal Hot-Swappable Redundant Power Supplies


and Hot-Swappable fan tray with redundant fans

3. The Switch should support a minimum of 500 Gbps full duplex of Switching
Fabric Capacity and Minimum Switching (Layer 2) Performance of 750 Mpps
at 64 byte packet size.

4. The switch should deliver Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) ratified
protocol know as FC-BB-5 standard, which allows storage traffic to be reliably
carried over an Ethernet infrastructure or DCB Data Centre Bridging for
lossless Ethernet to Transport FCoE.

5. The Switch should have a minimum 40 nos. of 10 Gigabit Ethernet Ports and
scalable to 48 ports.

6. Should support Industry Standard Port/Link Aggregation for All Ports.

7. Jumbo Frames support up to 9K Bytes on all ports.

8. Support for Unicast /broadcast/multicast storm control to prevent degradation


of switch performance from faulty end stations.

9. Should support DNS, TFTP and NTP protocol.

10. Should support various type of ACLs like port based, VLAN based / time
based.

11. Should Support MAC Address Filtering based on source and destination
address.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 5 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 53 of 191

Annexure 6

DATA CENTRE ACCESS SWITCH

1. Switch/Fabric Extender /Module should have atleast 48 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet


interface.

2. Module should support redundant power and hot-swappable fan trays.

3. Should support non-blocking connectivity to aggregation forwarding and have


300 Gbps full duplex and performance of 420 Mpps at 64 byte packets.

4. Should have hot-swappable field-replaceable power supplies and fan modules

5. Should support 802.1q protocol.

6. Should support Spanning Tree Port Fast.

7. Should support port bundling.

8. Should support Jumbo frames on all ports (up to 9216 bytes).

9. Should support Pause frames IEEE 802.3x.

10. Should support Layer 2 IEEE 802.1p class of service (CoS).

11. Should support Per-port QoS configuration.

12. Should support Egress strict-priority queuing.

13. Should support standard Layer 2 ACLs: MAC addresses, protocol type.

14. Should support standard Layer 3 and 4 ACLs: IPv4 and v6, Internet Control
Message Protocol (ICMP), TCP.

15. Should support VLAN-based ACLs (VACLs).

16. Should support ACL statistics and Port security.

17. The switch should deliver Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) ratified
protocol know as FC-BB-5 standard, which allows storage traffic to be reliably
carried over an Ethernet infrastructure or DCB Data Centre Bridging for
lossless Ethernet to Transport FCoE.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 6 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 54 of 191

Annexure 7

DATA CENTRE SAN SWITCH

Base Documents. TEC/GR/SA/ESI-001/02/MAR 2009 with latest amendments.

Additional Specification.
1. SAN switch must be a rack mountable chassis having 8 slots and appropriate
number of ports upgradable to atleast 350 Ports. The SAN switch should have
least 8 GigE ports for FCIP and iSCSI services. The aggregated bandwidth
should be atleast 2 Tbps with redundant and hot swappable supervisor
modules/control processors, line modules, fan module, SAN switch fabric and
power supplies.
2. All FC ports for device connectivity should be 1/2/4/8 Gbps auto-sensing Fibre
Channel ports and support port aggregation up to 16 physical Fibre Channel
ports to provide aggregated links. It should support for 10 Gbps as when it is
available, atleast 350 1/2/4/8-Gbps autosensing FC ports and IPv6.
3. SAN switch must integrate with multiple protocols like Fiber Channel protocol,
Fiber Channel over IP, Internet SCSI, FICON and advanced QoS Features.
4. Supervisor module should support Online, non-disruptive software upgrades,
Stateful supervisor failover, Stateful process restart & Fabric-based multi-
path. The director class SAN switch must be able to support hitless software
upgrades, by upgrading individual supervisors separately whilst in operation.
5. The SAN switch must be capable of creating hardware-based isolated
environments with a single physical SAN fabric or SAN switch. Each such
isolated environment or Virtual SAN/fabric within SAN switch should be
capable of being zoned as SAN and should maintain its own fabric services,
its independent Zoning database, Name Servers and FSPF processes etc.
6. Using Fabric routing, it should be possible to enable cross-fabric connectivity
and selective transfer of data between the Logical Switch and logical
fabrics/fabrics without merging the fabrics and preserving the security.
7. SAN switch must support port mirroring for both fibre channel and Gigabit
Ethernet (802.3z), such that traffic going to a specific port can be mirrored and
forwarded to another port for analysing and data should replicate across DCs.
8. The SAN switch must also support load balancing across multiple paths
through the fabric via Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF), multilevel security on
console access prevents unauthorized users from altering the SAN switch
configuration, Fibre Channel traceroute and Fibre Channel Ping for ease of
troubleshooting and fault isolation.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 7 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 55 of 191

Annexure 8

NEAR LINE DATA CENTRE SAN SWITCH

Base Documents. TEC/GR/SA/ESI-001/02/MAR 2009 with latest amendments.

Additional Specification.

1. Minimum 16 Active ports within same switch upgradeable to 48 ports with Hot
Plug SFPs of 2/4/8 Gbps autosensing with 8 Gbps of dedicated bandwidth per
port and aggregate platform bandwidth of atleast 350Gbps. It should support
multiple OS.

2. The switch should have Virtual output queuing to help ensure line-rate
performance on each port, independent of traffic pattern, by eliminating head-
of-line blocking and have capability of ISL trunking aggregation of 16 ports.

3. Should have Redundant and Hot-swappable Fans, power supplies, SFP


Optics, in built diagnostics, power on self-test and web based management
software.

4. Should have command level diagnostics, online & offline diagnostics, Internal
Loopbacks, SPAN, FC Debug and Syslog features.

5. The security Features should include VSANs, Zoning, Hardware-enforced


zoning, Logical-unit-number (LUN) zoning and read-only zones, FC-SP for
host-to-switch and switch-to-switch authentication, Port security and
Management access SSHv2 , SNMPv3 ,IP ACLs.

6. The minimum availability features should include Non-disruptive software


upgrades, Stateful process restart, Per-VSAN fabric services

8. Should permit SNMP traps for alerts and integration with the overall UNMS.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 8 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 56 of 191

Annexure 9

DATA CENTRE VIRTUAL SOFT SWITCH

1. Virtual soft switch is required at every Data centre, NLDC and DR site
configurable upto 60 virtual hosts. Indian Navy will be using this to allow to
create network policy profiles for each server type so that during services
expansion or when services moves from one server to another the same
server profile will be assigned automatically.

2. The Virtual Machine should maintains all of the same Network characteristics
such as QoS policies, Access Control list etc even when it is migrated from
one host to another host. The important features that should be available
from day one are as follows:-

2.1 Layer 2 Forwarding and IEEE 802.1q VLAN.

2.2 802.1ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol.

2.3 Quality-of-service (QoS) configuration including Type of service and Class of


service.

2.4 Transmit-rate (from virtual machine) limiting and Receive-rate (to virtual
machine) limiting.

2.5 Industry standard Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) v3 read and
write.

2.6 Remote authentication services like RADIUS and TACACSs.

3. All software/license/module etc has to be sized by SI based on the number of


virtual machine requirement.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 9 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 57 of 191

Annexure 10

NETWORK MODELLING SOFTWARE FOR ROUTERS

1. This Software tool will be used for IP/MPLS based network discovery,
simulation, optimization, capacity planning, link failure analysis etc. The tool
should atleast have following capabilities:-

1.1 Discover complete network topology using OSPF/IS-IS database. Database


interface should include CLI and SNMP.

1.2 Measure data rates of interfaces, interface queues, MPLS RSVP-TE tunnels,
MPLS LDP tunnels and multicast groups.

1.3 Protocol features like OSPF, IS-IS, BGP, MPLS, and Multicast protocol
support should be available and carry out capacity planning and error
analyses related to these protocols.

1.4 Add circuits by inputting nodes on either end of the circuit along with metrics
and capacity.

1.5 It should be able to model network design, capacity planning and error
analysis.

1.6 The software should perform worst case link utilization failure analysis,
supporting circuit SRLG and node failures across links in the network.

1.7 The software should simulate the effects on the network of introduction of the
number of nodes and traffic of a new and large customer or the changes in
the number of nodes and traffic of existing customers.

1.8 Discover and model MPLS VPN: L3VPN, VPWS, VPLS.

2. There should be capability generate traffic report based on specific set of


data, producing a highly customized report. It should be able to provide time
series information based on data collected directly from the network such as
Interface, LSP, Traffic Demand, Nodes CPU/memory.

3. It should be vendor agnostic and should be able to work for vendors like
Juniper, Alcatel, Cisco etc.

4. All the hardware required to run this software has to be factored along with
the software.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 10 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 58 of 191

Annexure 11

BILL OF QUANTITY

No of Total
SNo Description Actual Reserve
Sites
1 Type 1 Router (5 Sites) 5 20 2 22
2 Type 2 Router (6 + 33 Sites) 39 156 16 172
3 Type 3 Router (11 Sites) 11 44 4 48
4 Type 4 Router 130 260 26 286
5 Type 5 Router - 4 1 5
6 Type 6 Router - 4 1 5
7 Access Switch - 1500 100 1600
Regional Metro DWDM Network As per
8 7 7
systems Annexure 3
9 Data Centre Core Switch 11 30 3 33
10 Data Centre Aggregation Switch 11 30 3 33
11 Data Centre Access Switch 11 84 8 92
12 Data Centre SAN Switch 4 16 2 18
13 Near Line Data Centre SAN Switch 7 14 1 15
14 Virtual Switch 8 8 - 8
15 Network modelling software - 1 - 1

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 11 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 59 of 191

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 60 of 191

Annexure 12

NETWORK FIREWALL

Base Documents. TEC GR/FWS-01/02 SEP 2006 with latest amendments.

Additional Specification.

1. Firewall should be hardware based dedicated device having following


minimum features from day one. In addition device being provisioned as
part of this solution should be activated with all software/hardware features. If
any feature is found on device that needs activation at a later date, OEM
would provide this free of cost. For future growth hardware & software should
be scalable to atleast 50% of throughput (IMIX).

SNo Description Type 1 Type 2 Type 3


(a) Throughput (IMIX) 40 Gbps 10 Gbps 1 Gbps
(b) Firewall connections 20,00,000 1,50,000 1,00,000
(c) Firewall connections/sec 1,00,000 50,000 25,000
(d) Interfaces 4*10G 1*10G
4*100/1000 8*100/1000 2*100/1000
baseT baseT baseT
(e) Users supported Unrestricted Unrestricted Unrestricted

2. The proposed system shall identify, set threshold and act on network traffic
anomalies of statistical anomaly types for the TCP, UDP, and ICMP like
scanning the session, limiting the source or destination session in case its
above threshold.

3. It should be possible to configure DoS policies that are used to associate DoS
settings with traffic that reaches an interface based on defined services,
source and destinations IP/Range.

4. Firewall should filter attacks like botnet and support static and dynamic routing
like RIP and OSPF. Firewall should be capable of authentications like LDAP,
RADIUS, TACACs+ etc.

5. The device should have redundant power supplies and high availability
features like Active/Active for all the modules.

6. The firewall should have a centralized configuration, management and


reporting stations through secure communication and authentication between
firewalls and the management solution.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 12 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 61 of 191

Annexure 13

INTRUSION PREVENTION SYSTEM

Base Documents. TEC GR No.GR/IPS-01/01 NOV 2006 with latest amendments.

Additional Specification.

1. The IPS hardware should be dedicated device and have the following
minimum features from day one. In addition the device being provisioned
as part of this solution should be activated with all software/hardware
features. If any feature is found on the device that needs activation at a later
date, the manufacturer would provide this free of cost.

SNo Description Type 1 Type 2 Type 3


(a) Throughput (IMIX) 40 Gbps 10 Gbps 1 Gbps
(b) DDos Flood attack 20 Mpps 5 Mpps 0.5 Mpps
prevention rate
(Internal/External)
(c) Concurrent connections 80,00,000 40,00,000 10,00,000
(d) Interfaces 2*40 GE
4*10 GE 4*10 GE
4*100/1000 10*100/1000 10*100/1000
baseT baseT baseT

2. The IPS should have the capability to identify vulnerability-based attacks


through Stateful pattern recognition.

3. The IPS should have adaptive behavioural based DoS engine to protect
against zero day DoS/DDoS flood like TCP, TCP Syn, TCP Fin, TCP Reset,
TCP Syn+Ack floods, UDP floods, ICMP and IGMP flood attack mitigation and
should use zero day server cracking techniques.

4. The IPS should support policing to limit some types of traffic by preventing it
from using an excessive amount of bandwidth.
5. IPS should have centralized configuration, management & reporting stations
through secure communication & authentication
6. OEM professional services for mitigating attacks on 24 x 7 real time basis also
needs to be provided.
7. IPS solution should include internal/external engine for Network behavioural
analysis (NBA/NBTA) to protect against zero day worm propagation,
BOTNETS, http floods, DoS/DDoS etc.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 13 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 62 of 191

Annexure 14

ADVANCED PERSISTENT THREAT SOLUTIONS

1. The APT solution should be dedicated hardware device and would be


deployed at the Data Centres and Disaster Recovery Centre. The complete
APT solution can either be provided as single equipment or multiple
equipment. The performance of the APT solution should atleast meet the
following criteria simultaneously in a single device or through the usage of
multiple devices:-

Vectors Performance Remarks


Web 1 Gbps Threat prevention throughput
Email 2,00,000 For an 8 hour working day
File Share 30,000 For an 8 hour working day

2. The APT solution for anti-malware should inspect commonly used protocols
including HTTP, HTTPS, SMTP, File shares and other evasive applications
for day zero and targeted threat without relying on signature database.

3. The APT solution should classify network traffic by identification of


applications across all ports irrespective of port/protocol/evasive tactic with
custom application signature support for in-house applications.

4. The APT solution should inspect all network sessions (regardless of protocols,
files, binaries, executable files, PDF, Flash, RTF, MS Office files, jpeg, quick
time, mp3, ZIP/RAR/other archives, other web objects, COM, SCR etc) for
suspicious activity, detect, flag and have the capability to automatically block
these suspicious activities.

5. The APT solution should be capable of handling both dual stack IPv4/IPv6
applications and support both 32 bit and 64 bit architecture for endpoints.

6. The solution shall support logging of important parameters like Source IP,
Destination IP, ports, protocol, Domain, time stamp etc. of attacks sessions.

7. The solution shall do the analysis through usage of on-premise sandbox


appliance and no file shall be sent outside Naval Networks for Analysis. APT
shall perform forensics detailing of malicious objects that are detected.

8. The network is not connected to the internet and would need a portal/solution
for updating the entire APT solution. Further the APT needs to be integrated
with the Security Management system.

9. All necessary licenses for the complete infrastructure needs to be provided as


part of the solution.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 14 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 63 of 191

Annexure 15

ANTIVIRUS GATEWAY

1. The Antivirus Gateway will be implemented at each Data Center to protect


servers. In addition, protection should also be extended to all the desktops
and servers of this Network. The solution could either be a combined solution
or through multiple products.

2. Antivirus Feature. Antivirus solution should be able to detect and block


malicious traffic in real time, day zero attacks including known and unknown
viruses, worms, Trojan horses, spyware, Adware and Rootkits. It should scan
all inbound and outbound SMTP and POP3 traffic.

3. Mail Content Filtering. The system should protect mail servers from both
inbound and outbound inappropriate contents. The system must protect
sensitive information leaving the network. Should have an extensible
dictionary for lexical scanning of both inbound and outbound messages.
Should have support to block or modify messages that violate content rule.

4. Anti-Spam and Anti Phishing. The system should have built in anti-spam
engine to detect and block spam and phishing attacks. Following minimum
spam blocking techniques like Heuristic Analysis, Integrity Analysis, Content
Filtering, Blacklist and Whitelist support, DNS Based Host List, Specific IP
Address List, Bayesian Filtering should be supported.

5. Management Support. The system must be supplied necessary


management software. The management software will be installed at IMC for
centralized monitoring and administration of gateway device. The
management software should be provisioned with suitable number of licenses
to manage quoted AV Gateways.

6. Support for Desktops and Servers. The antivirus software should be


ICSA certified for 32bit and 64bit platform. It should be an enterprise class
and be deployable automatically from a central location with no or minimal
manual intervention.

7. The solution should be capable of integrating with the proposed directory


without the need to have separate user/group database. It should also support
Integrated anti-virus/anti-spyware agent delivering real-time protection and be
capable of providing customized alerts based on incidents and assets.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 15 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 64 of 191

Annexure 16

DATA CENTRE HIPS

1. All servers & desktops in the NOC/SOC shall have host-based IPS for last
mile defence to protect the services from any attacks, threats and
vulnerabilities.

2. Shall support capability of host IPS, antivirus, anti-spyware, anti-botnet, data


leakage prevention, personal firewall, threat visibility and wireless security.

3. Shall support behaviour-based detection of zero day exploits and signature-


based anti-virus for enhanced reporting. It shall focus on vulnerability and
behaviour rules vs. individual exploit signatures.

4. Shall support ability to detect root kits and other hidden activity without the
use of any signatures.

5. Shall have ability to detect day zero and targeted attacks without any
requirement of periodic signature updates.

6. Shall have ability to enforce compliance mandates and must prevent


execution of Malware (e.g. worms, viruses, Trojans, spyware, botnets).

7. The solution shall be supported for multiple OS MS-Windows, Linux,


Solaris, and VMware.

8. During the event when management center is unreachable, solutions should


cache at least 250 events and shall apply a different policy if so configured.

9. Shall provide a historic list of exploits that were stopped with no signatures,
reconfiguration or binary updates.

10. Shall be able to prevent probing activity like ping, port scans, guest user
account access, etc. It shall also be able to protect from irregular activity like
malicious mail attachments, buffer overflows, ActiveX controls, compressed
messages, backdoors, etc.

11. Shall be able to prevent unauthorized creation/modification of files and


registry keys, installation of new services and trap doors.

12. Any attempts to delete files, drill security hole, crash server, denial of service,
steal sensitive data should be denied by the solution.

13. The solution shall correlate and dynamically classify untrusted content into
classes to detect and prevent Day-Zero and Targeted-based Attacks.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 16 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 65 of 191

14. The solution shall work by intercepting and correlating Operating System
Calls and verify application calls for system resources against default policy.

15. The solution shall observe behaviour, correlate the behaviour with previous
behaviours, and classify applications exhibiting different behaviour into
various categories.

16. The solution shall prevent unauthorized access or modification of system


configuration, buffer overflows and process modifications should be denied.

17. The solution shall prevent unauthorized process from invoking command shell
or configuration application.

18. The solution shall protect systems from untrusted applications viruses, bots,
Trojans delivered via network attack. The solution should protect systems
from untrusted applications viruses, bots, Trojans delivered via downloaded
data like poisoned PDF.

19. HIPS should track spyware based on first time execution (applications
communicating via IRC or TFTP & apps accessing spyware Registry keys).

20. Distributed firewall in the solution should be centrally defined per-application


port blocking and shall provide inside-the-office/outside-the-office control.

21. When under attack, the solution should be able to dynamically create a
signature and send the same to other solutions via management center.

22. Antivirus should provide option to perform full scans on a weekly and monthly
schedule and shall allow on demand-scans to be performed by end user.

23. The antivirus component's updates should come from the common
management center and in the absence of signature updates, the base
solution should still protect the system based on behaviour.

24. HIPS should detect unusual kernel drivers & network protocols being loaded.

25. Solution should scan the file system and search for the sensitive information
defined on management center and tag the same with appropriate defined
tag. The tagged sensitive information should be protected from malicious
apps, unauthorized access and data removal.

26. HIPS should control file access to USB memory sticks, CDs, and hard disks.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 16 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 66 of 191

Annexure 17

BILL OF QUANTITY

Total
SNo Description Actual Reserve
Quantity
1 Intrusion Prevention System Type 1 8 1 9
2 Intrusion Prevention System Type 2 14 1 15
3 Intrusion Prevention System Type 3 66 6 72
4 Firewall Type 1 8 1 9
5 Firewall Type 2 14 1 15
6 Firewall Type 3 66 6 72
7 Antivirus Gateway 7 - 7
8 Data Centre HIPS 200 - 200
9 APT 12 - 12

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 17 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 67 of 191

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 68 of 191

Annexure 18
Type 1 Infrastructure

Base Documents. EN 1047-2, TIA 942 standard for Data Centre and IT Act 2000.

Additional Specifications

1. DC & DR of Tier IV DC as per TIA 942 standard (except redundant power


supply) and NLDC (Certified for EN-1047-2) providing comprehensive
protection for servers, backup, network & communication systems. Only 3
phase power supply, water & land would be provided to develop
infrastructure. Complete Line Diagram should be prepared by OEM &
approved by Navy prior commencement of work.

2. EMI/EMC Shell has to be modular in design as a house in a house system


and should offer high availability protection. The iron shell structure should
withstand temperature of at least 10000C at external surface without creating
any damage to internal equipment. The iron shell should be certified against
detonation as a system test. The shell should have opening seals adapted to
overall construction, for door system, cable duct, ventilation slides & pressure
relief vents, lighting system & components with electrical and/or pneumatically
actuated ventilation slides for fresh air inlet, pressure relief vents. EMP & RF
protection as per EN 50147 & debris load bearing capability as per EN 1363.

3. The shell should be provided along with shell manufacturer built racks to the
optimum capacity as a complete unit. The racks should be appropriately
designed for Server/Storage/Network devices and be equipped with
appropriate electrical fittings, fans, cable trays, earthing, rack mount monitor,
Keyboard, mouse etc. All Racks should be certified to ISO 9001, 14001,
18001, EIA 310, DIN 41494 & IEC 297.

4. DC raised false floor and flooring should be able to hold concentrated Loads
of atleast 675Kgs (1500lbf),ultimate concentrated Load of 1690 kgs (3750 lbf)
with a top-surface deflection under load and a permanent set not exceeding
2.54 & 0.25mm(0.10&0.010inch) respectively according to CISCA A/F.

5. 3 Phase commercial 440V/50Hz power supply at MDP of nearest distribution


board would have to be extended by bidder. OEM should supply, install, test
& commission silent Generators of appropriate size, MDP, UPS System, UPS
Distribution Panel, top mounted Track Busway with appropriate spring
pressure copper conductors and connect them without single point of failure.
From UPS Distribution panel, appropriate electrical cables will be laid inside
data center through closed metal raceways and connect them to each rack
with redundant Industrial sockets via busway. Adequate earthing points for the
entire infrastructure as per IS 3043 standards should also be provided.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 18 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 69 of 191

6. Distribution panel should be non-compartmentalized, modular, shrouded Bus


bars of Electrolytic Grade Copper as per EN 13601 Bus bar support and cover
systems are fire retardant as per UL 94 V0 with UL/CE certification. Insulating
material should be Polyamide (25% fibreglass reinforced), fire retardant and
able to withstand a continuous operating temperature max.1300C. UPS
System should be rack mountable with (n+1) redundancy where n is 2,
Autonomy 20min, scalable upto 1000KVA, UPS module should be
transformer-less genuine online, double conversion UPS with a static bypass.
Should have inherent intelligence of modules be integrated during running
operation. The overall efficiency of the system should be atleast 94% at any
given load with output distortions according to EN 50091-1.

7. Lighting system of 230V AC 50/60 Hz has to be installed with atleast 3 hrs of


backup, with brightness of 500 Lux in accordance with DIN 5035 part 1 and 2.
Additionally emergency lighting for safety or escape route lighting. It should
come with rechargeable, maintenance-free and gas tight NC battery.

8. The Infrastructure should be equipped with High Performance Liquid Cooling


Systems for racks to provide uniform & effective cooling with Fan speed being
controlled by VFD and active condensate system maintaining a temperature
of 22 10 C, for 2 racks with heat dissipation of 20 kW/rack. In addition,
appropriately sized n+1 (where n> 2), floor mounted double skin chilled water
based air handling Unit for atmosphere cooling should be provided.

9. Rotary Scroll Water Chiller with pumps of adequate capacity, seamless piping
inside, atleast SS 304 pipes outside placed on suitable PCC foundation slabs
with chequered rubber pads in between. Pipes are to be insulated using nitrile
rubber sleeves of adequate thickness. Equipment should monitor and have
safety equipment in accordance with ASHRAE Safety Code of Mechanical
Refrigeration, ARI certification & ASME code for refrigerant usage.

10. An IP enabled CCTV based surveillance system with atleast four cameras
and Management Software. CCTV system should have a motion detection
system for starting and stopping of recording.

11. Bidder should provide a complete fire extinguishing and fire detection system
with detectors of laser or LED light source offering basic response sensitivity
of 0.01% light obscuration per meter. The system should have alarm and
indications outside the monitored area for alarm, fault, smoke density etc with
programmable capability for these alarms. A FM 200 based fire extinguishing
system should be fixed inside to reduce the residual risk of a fire.

12. Intelligent Room Control BMS System. The entire infrastructure should be
installed with intelligent SNMP enabled system to monitor, control and
document physical parameters inside the data centre.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 18 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 70 of 191

Annexure 19

Type 2 Infrastructure

Base Documents. DIN 4102 F 90.

Additional Specifications

1. Type 2 should be designed & installed to provide highest level of physical


security and also risk coverage. Only 3 phase power supply, water & land
would be provided to develop infrastructure. Complete Line Diagram should
be prepared by OEM and certified by Navy prior commencement of work.

2. EMI/EMC Shell has to be modular in design as a house in a house system


and should offer high availability protection. The iron shell structure should
withstand temperature of at least 10000C at external surface without creating
any damage to internal equipment. The iron shell should be certified against
detonation as a system test. The shell should have opening seals adapted to
overall construction, for door system, cable duct, ventilation slides & pressure
relief vents, lighting system & components with electrical and/or pneumatically
actuated ventilation slides for fresh air inlet, pressure relief vents. EMP & RF
protection as per EN 50147 & debris load bearing capability as per EN 1363.

3. The shell should be provided along with shell manufacturer 10 racks as a


complete unit. Racks should be designed for Server/Storage/Network devices
and be equipped with appropriate electrical fittings, fans, cable trays, earthing,
rack mount monitor, Keyboard, mouse etc. All Racks should be certified to
ISO 9001, 14001, 18001, EIA 310, DIN 41494 & IEC 297.

4. DC raised false floor and flooring should be able to hold concentrated Loads
of atleast 675Kgs (1500lbf),ultimate concentrated Load of 1690 kgs (3750 lbf)
with a top-surface deflection under load and a permanent set not exceeding
2.54 & 0.25mm (0.10&0.010inch) respectively according to CISCA A/F.

5. 3 Phase commercial 440V/50Hz power supply at MDP of nearest distribution


board would have to be extended by bidder. OEM should supply, install, test
& commission silent Generators of appropriate size, MDP, UPS System, UPS
Distribution Panel, top mounted Track Busway with appropriate spring
pressure copper conductors and connect them without single point of failure.
From UPS Distribution panel, appropriate electrical cables will be laid inside
data center through closed metal raceways and connect them to each rack
with redundant Industrial sockets via busway. Adequate earthing points for the
entire infrastructure as per IS 3043 standards should also be provided.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 19 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 71 of 191

6. Distribution panel should be non-compartmentalized, modular, shrouded Bus


bars of Electrolytic Grade Copper as per EN 13601 Bus bar support and cover
systems are fire retardant as per UL 94 V0 with UL/CE certification. Insulating
material should be Polyamide (25% fibreglass reinforced), fire retardant and
able to withstand a continuous operating temperature max.13000C. UPS
System should be rack mountable with (n+1) redundancy where n is 2,
Autonomy 20min, scalable upto 1000KVA, UPS module should be
transformer-less genuine online, double conversion UPS with a static bypass.
Should have inherent intelligence of modules be integrated during running
operation. The overall efficiency of the system should be atleast 94% at any
given load with output distortions according to EN 50091-1.

7. Lighting system of 230V AC 50/60 Hz has to be installed with atleast 3 hrs of


backup, with brightness of 500 Lux in accordance with DIN 5035 part 1 and 2.
Additionally emergency lighting for safety or escape route lighting. It should
come with rechargeable, maintenance-free and gas tight NC battery.

8. Infrastructure should be equipped with atleast three High Performance


Redundant Split Air Conditioners for racks and administrative space to
provide uniform & effective cooling. AC should also have an inbuilt automatic
timer, climate control etc.

9. An IP enabled CCTV based surveillance system with atleast four cameras


and Management Software. CCTV system should have a motion detection
system for starting and stopping of recording.

10. Bidder should provide a complete fire extinguishing and fire detection system
with detectors of laser or LED light source offering basic response sensitivity
of 0.01% light obscuration per meter. The system should have alarm and
indications outside the monitored area for alarm, fault, smoke density etc with
programmable capability for these alarms. A FM 200 based fire extinguishing
system should be fixed inside to reduce the residual risk of a fire.

11. Intelligent Room Control BMS System. The entire infrastructure should be
installed with intelligent SNMP enabled system to monitor, control and
document physical parameters inside the data centre.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 19 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 72 of 191

Annexure 20

CIVIL INFRASTRUCTURE

1. A central building would need to be built at very site to house Type 1/Type
2/ Telepresence equipment, Nettworking Equipment,
Optic fibre Equipment, Staging area and other operational and administrative
buildings. The scope of work includes civil construction, water supply,
sanitary and plumbing, electrical installation, landscaping, air conditioning,
roads, and fire fighting and interior works. The actual design may vary as per
requirement; however total area covered will remain same. All the buildings
should be constructed with RCC (Reinforced Concrete Construction) Partition
walls (non-load bearing walls) may be of high quality bricks. The construction
would be governed by the latest standards Indian Standards in vogue for
construction of buildings. The minimum distance between this complex and
the data centre building etc should be governed by the TIA 942 standards.
The bidder is to ensure that standards followed for construction of buildings,
electrical fittings, plumbing etc should also meet the minimum specifications
published by BSNL. On completion of construction, the buildings would have
to be handed over to the MES/CPWD.

2. Along with the building the following additional infrastructure for the complex
would also be required:-

2.1 Approach road to building within Naval Station, Provision of security lights
around the complex, Security Cameras inside and outside building, Guard
post including rest room, Automatic Barrier at main/emergency gates. Access
Control Mechanism at entrances to the building, Smoke detector, provisioning
of small fire fighting appliances, PA system.

2.2 Double door entry to Air conditioned portion of the building for better thermal
insulation from outside and auto door closers at each door.

2.3 All bathroom fittings, water cooler and RO plant for clean drinking water and
plumbing work required for water supply to bath rooms and drinking water.

2.4 Cement painting is to be done outside the building and the internal walls
should be painted with plastic emulsion after smoothening with wall putty.

2.5 Underground electrical wiring will be done as per the requirement. All
switches, cutout, CBs and wires, cables are to be supplied and fitted. All
electrical fittings including air conditioners, fans, tube lights, CFL, exhaust
fans, call bells, lightning arrester etc is to be provided and fitted. False roofing
with 2'x2' meshed tube light fittings and wall panelling with synthetic enamel
paints.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 20 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 73 of 191

2.6 Vitrified tiles to be fitted on floors after hardening the surface. Antistatic
flooring to be provided in equipment room.

2.7 Provision of rain water drainage and sewage line to be made and connected
to main drainage/sewage line of the Station.

2.8 Portico in front of entrance and landscaping of the front portion of the lawn.

2.9 Anti-termite/Anti Pest treatment is to be carried out for the entire building
lasting for atleast 10 years from time of commissioning of this infrastructure.

2.10 Provisioning of chemicalIearth pits. Provisioning of earth cable in covered duct


in a ring form along the walls for connecting of equipment to earth pits. Cable
should be internally connected to chemical earth pits.

2.11 Sound proofing should be provided in all office spaces.

3. In addition, a power room to house the silent generators also needs to be


constructed. Provisioning of DG sets along with control panel, day tank and
other accessories required for operation of the power plant. DG Sets should
be in weather proof shelters. Electrical wiring and associated equipment from
power house to UPS room.

4. On issuance of APO, bidder is to carry out a physical survey of all locations


and prepare a detailed drawing and elevation of civil infrastructure to be
constructed in consultation Indian Navy. A combined approval for the entire
project would be provided by Indian Navy through BSNL.

5. The manufacturer for the equipment at this annexure should also provide an
integrated solution consisting of all necessary basic furniture and fixtures like
Workstations, Technical Consoles with integrated 21 TFT screens,
Equipment shelves, Multi-function plates, Horizontal and Vertical Cable Duct
system and orthopedic certified chairs with synchro tilt mechanism required
for at least 10 personnel. The workplaces should be designed to meet at least
the safety regulations ZH 1/618, ZH 1/535, DIN 33414 and DIN 66234. The
manufacturer should provide the design of the equipment as part of the TEC
and should be ready to modify or customise this as per the needs of the Navy.

6. The manufacturer is to provide, install and configure a High Definition (1080p)


Video Wall with 16 cubes of 70 DLP LED screens. Each of these Video
Walls are to be provided with all hardware (Data Wall processor, Touch
panel), software (Control room management software), licenses and
equipment needed for projection of various inputs like Composite, S Video,
VCR, DVD, Video Conferencing Equipment, Workstations etc. at all NOC,
SOC. The bidder is to undertake the complete integration including structured
wiring for the entire infrastructure.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 20 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 74 of 191

Annexure 21

BLADE SERVER

1. Specifications of Chassis

1.1 Should provide common resources essential for the Blade Servers like Power,
System Management, Ethernet Management and Fiber Channel and
accommodate minimum of 8 or more Hot Pluggable Blade Servers.

1.2 Dual Layer 2 Redundant Ethernet switch Modules with Minimum of 4 external
Gigabit ports and Dual 10Gbps Switch Modules with min of 8 or more 10Gbps
uplink. Dual Redundant 4 or 8 Gbps FC switch Modules with min of 4 Uplink
ports. The bidder may quote a dual converged module to meet the above
mentioned requirements.

1.3 Chassis should be Rack mounted & configured with power supplies of highest
capacity, Single Internal or External DVD ROM, Dual Redundant
Management Modules or managed by centralized external management.

1.4 Chassis should be supplied OEM management software and with all the
accessories like power cables, Power distribution units, KVM Cables and
other accessories required for installation of chassis.

2. Server Specifications Type I

2.1 Two Multi-core x86 processors delivering minimum SPEC_Int_rate2006


baseline performance of 700 or higher.

2.2 Minimum 256GB ECC protected DDR3-1066MHz with expandability of


512GB, atleast Two 300GB 10K SAS Disk drive and Dual port 10Gbps
Ethernet Adapter.

2.3 Server should be configured with Two Number of 4 or 8 Gbps Fiber Channel
Ports or Dual port of 10Gbps FCoE Unified Fabric.

3. Server Specifications Type II

3.1 Four Multi-core x86 processors delivering minimum Database performance


of 2.5 Million tpmc OR SPEC_jBB 2005 application server performance of
2.5 Million BOPS.

3.2 Minimum 256 GB ECC protected DDR3-1066MHz with expandability to 48


DIMMs atleast Two 73GB 10K SAS Disk drives and Dual port 10Gbps
Ethernet Adapter.

3.3 Server should be configured with Two Number of 4 or 8 Gbps Fiber Channel
Ports or Dual port of 10Gbps FCoE Unified Fabric.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 21 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 75 of 191

Annexure 22

RACK SERVER

1. Rack Server Specs (Type I)

1.1 Two Multi-core x86 processors delivering minimum SPEC_Int_rate2006


baseline performance of 700 or higher

1.2 Minimum 256GB ECC protected DDR3-1066MHz with expandability of 512GB


with atleast Four 300GB 10K SAS Disk drive and Dual 1Gbps Ethernet Ports.
Additionally, 1Gbps Ethernet Port is to be provided for Windows Cluster.

1.3 Server should have atleast 2 in number of 4 or 8 Gbps Fiber Channel Ports.

1.4 Server should have a Hardware Raid Controller that supports Raid 0, 1 and 5.

1.5 Server should be configured with Dual port 10Gbps Ethernet Adapter

2. Rack Server Specs (Type II)

2.1 Four Multi-core x86 processors delivering minimum Database performance


of 2.5 Million tpmc OR SPEC_jBB 2005 application server performance of
2.5 Million BOPS.

2.2 Minimum 256 GB ECC protected DDR3-1066MHz with expandability to 48


DIMMs with atleast Two 300 GB 10K SAS Disk drives and Dual 1Gbps
Ethernet Ports. Additionally 1Gbps Ethernet Port is to be provided for
Windows Cluster.

2.3 Server should have atleast 2 in number of 4 or 8 Gbps Fiber Channel Ports.

2.4 Server should have a Hardware Raid Controller that supports Raid 0, 1 and 5.

2.5 Server should be configured with Dual port 10Gbps Ethernet Adapter

3. Both Type I and II servers should be provisioned with a 6X or higher DVD RW


drive, support Windows & Linux OS (32Bit & 64 Bit both) and support Remote
Management of Server over LAN & WAN, Virtual Media with required license
and KVM over IP.

4. Both Type I and II servers should be provided with adequate hardware to


support clustering of servers under Windows & Linux OS. Should have feature
to disconnect the failed node from shared storage in cluster.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 22 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 76 of 191

Annexure 23

UNIX SERVER

1. General Specifications

1.1 The system should have separate partition for logical modules like application
server, Web Server, Database with independent OS images. It should also
allow dynamic increase& decrease of Core, RAM allocation to the partition
without reboot. The server should have 6X DVD drive.

1.2 Each partition shall have two ports of Gigabit Ethernet for network
interconnect & two for cluster interconnect through atleast two Ethernet
Controller and shall have Dual Mirrored system disk.

1.3 The server should have requisite software like OS, clustering software,
Journaling file system and volume manager. It should also have management
feature for configuration and management of all partitions. The OS should
preferably be UNIX-98 or later version with IPv6 support and unlimited
Systems user license.

2. TYPE 1 (RISC/EPIC BASED)

2.1 Rack Mountable server, with atleast two multi-core RISC/EPIC based 64-bit
processor delivering 50,000 SAPS scalable to 100000 SAPS or 18 lakh TPCC
scalable to 36 Lakh TPCC & min of 4GB dedicated DDRIII RAM per core.

2.2 Server shall be configured with minimum 4 logical partitions. Each partition
shall have dedicated IO like Disks and PCI-X/PCI-E Slots. It shall be possible
to fully isolate fault from partitions of server.

2.3 Each partition of server should have at least two 8 Gbps FC adapters and
have dual power supply servers capable of running on either or both supplies.

3. TYPE 2 (RISC/EPIC BASED)

3.1 Rack Mountable server, with atleast two multi-core RISC/EPIC based 64-bit
processor delivering 24000 SAPS scalable to 48000 SAPS or 8 lakh TPCC
scalable to 16 Lakh TPCC & minimum of 4GB dedicated DDRIII RAM per
core.

3.2 Server shall be configured with minimum 4 logical partitions. Each partition
shall have dedicated IO like Disks, PCI-X/PCI-E Slots. It shall be possible to
fully isolate fault from partitions of server.

3.3 Each partition of server should have at least two 8 Gbps FC adapters and
have dual power supply servers capable of running on either or both supplies.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 23 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 77 of 191

Annexure 24

SERVER LOAD BALANCER AND SSL ACCELERATOR

Base Documents. TEC GR No.GR/LSW-02/01 FEB 2005 with latest amendments.

Additional Specification.

1. Should have a Minimum of 4 X 10 GE XFP PORTS.

2. The following minimum support should be provided from day one:-

2.1 32 GB memory.

2.2 20 Gbps traffic throughput.

2.3 10 million simultaneous session support.

2.4 300000 L4 concurrent connections per second and 180000 concurrent SSL
connections and 30000 SSL connections/sec.

2.5 100 Servers & Maximum 3000 Servers for load balancing

2.6 100 Virtual Servers & Maximum 1000 Virtual servers.

3. The equipment should be capable of the following features:-

3.1 IPv4 and IPv6 addressing.

3.2 Virtualisation instance of atleast 5 from day 1.

3.3 Active/Active and Active/Backup redundancy.

3.4 GUI interface to configure server health checks.

3.5 HTTP compression, caching, TCP multiplexing and Inbuilt global load
balancing based on DNS, HTTP redirection.

4. Maximum number of supportable software/hardware licenses and features


supported by the equipment should be enabled at the time of supply of the
equipment. If at a later date (till the warranty period is completed) it is found
that there is a requirement to procure additional license for activation of a
feature, the manufacturer would be required to provide it free of cost.
Application Performance Monitoring feature should be available from day 1.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 24 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 78 of 191

Annexure 25

USABLE STORAGE BACKUP AND ASSOCIATED SOFTWARE

Base Documents. Enterprise Storage TEC/GR/SA/ESI-001/03/MAR 2012 with


latest amendments.

Additional Specification.

1. The overall methodology for storage would be that the Data at the Four Data
Centres should synchronously replicated to their respective Near Line Data
Centres with zero loss. Thereafter this data should be asynchronously
replicated at Disaster Recovery Centre. Further, three satellite Data Centres
would be replicated asynchronously to Disaster Recovery Centre only.

2. The primary components of this annexure include Usable Storage, Backup


Software, Tape/LTO drives and File and Volume Manager.

3. Para 3 withThe storage should be configured for sublun automated storage tiering
in the ratio of (50:40:10::FC/SAS:SATA/NLSAS:SSD) as follows:-

4. The storage shall be configured with at least 192 GB of cache across both the
controllers and shall be scalable to 1024 GB cache. The cache should be
protected to ensure that there are no single point of failure. Storage shall be
configured to provide 50% capacity in RAID 1+0 and 50% capacity in RAID 5.

5. The storage should support load balancing on the HBA's on the server
connected to storage. Native OS multipathing software for the functionality
should be supported by the vendor.

6. Each array should be configured with 64 Front end ports scalable to 128 front
end ports and 64 backend ports/lanes.

7. The storage should be supplied with Point in time copy license for the
complete offered usable capacity. Storage should support snapshot and full
physical copy (clone). It should support incremental resynchronisation of
clone with primary volume. Shall provide snapshots of a given production
volume.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 25 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 79 of 191

8. The storage should be configured with synchronous and asynchronous


replication at storage level. The replication to the remote location should be
cache or journal based. License for 3 way, 3 site, zero data loss solution
should be provided.

9. Specification of Backup software. The Backup Solution should be GUI


based software supporting all available Operating Systems (which are
currently operational and have not been declared EoL), Hot online backup for
databases alongwith Clustering for High Availability. It should also support
cross platform Device & Media sharing in SAN environment with Multi
streaming backup.

10. The Backup Solution should have in-built media management and rotation
schemes with in-built frequency and calendar based scheduling system. It
should also provide reports on contents of tapes, available media etc. It
should also allow the creation of additional backup copies, run either
concurrently with primary backup.

11. The proposed Backup Solution Should be capable of integration with the
clone copy of the SAN Storage to achieve zero downtime automated backups
and have control over network bandwidth utilization for backup.

12. Tape Library. The solution should also be integrated with a Tape library
capable of utilizing LTO-6, LTO-5, LTO-4 tape drives, configured with a
minimum of 18 LTO-6 FC Tape drives and the drive should be encrypted.

12.1 The Tape Library should have minimum 200 Nos of Cartridge slots, 100 Nos
LTO-6 Cartridges and 12 Nos of Cleaning Cartridges and be scalable to 500
slots. LTO-6 drive should have a minimum 160MBps in Native Burst mode.

12.2 Each drive should have minimum 8Gbps FC port for SAN connectivity and
have a minimum of dual 8 Gbps native FC connectivity to SAN switches.

12.3 Tape Library shall have partitioning support so that drives can be configured
in a separate partition.

12.4 The Tape Library shall have web based remote management and redundant
power supply

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 25 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 80 of 191

Annexure 26
BILL OF QUANTITY
1. The BoQ for House in House equipment.

SNo Location Approx Approx Aprox UPS No of Rack


Size in Chiller/ Size Racks Based
Sq Ft AC Cooling
Size System
(a) Main Data 1000 88,TR 250 KVA 5N+1 16 Server 8
Centre (4 Nos) each 3n+1 30 Min Backup 10 Network
(b) Disaster 1500 88,TR 250 KVA 4N+1 16 Server 8
Recovery 3n+1 30 Min Backup 10 Network
Center (1 Nos)
(c) NLDC 600 66,TR 200 KVA N+1 12 Server 6
each 2n+1 30 Min Backup 04 Network
(d) Equipment 300 6,TR 40KW N+1 2 Server -
room (33 Nos) each 2n+1 2 Network

2. The BoQ for Civil Infrastructure.


SNo Location Builtup Area Qty
in Sq Ft
(a) Data Centre + NOC + SOC + Testing Lab + 10000 2
Equipment Room
(b) Data Centre + Equipment Room 7500 2
(c) Equipment Room 1000 28
(d) Near Line Data Centre + Equipment Room 3000 7
(e) Disaster Recovery Centre + Equipment Room 5000 1
(f) Telepresence Room 1000 40
(g) Training + Certification Lab 2000 1

3. The BoQ for other DC equipment is as follows:-

SNo Description Qty


(a) Blade Server Type 1 (15 per DC & DR, 9 per NLDC & Satellite DC) 138
(b) Blade Server Type 2 (15 per DC & DR, 9 per NLDC & Satellite DC) 138
(c) Rack Server Type 1 (5 per DC & DR, 2 per NLDC & Satellite DC) 39
(d) Rack Server Type 2 (5 per DC & DR, 1 per NLDC & Satellite DC) 32
(e) Unix Server Type 1 5
(f) Unix Server Type 2 5
Server Load Balancer & SSL Accelerator
(g) 36
(4 per DC & Satellite DC, 2 per NLDC)
Usable Storage with associated Equipment
(h) 700 TB
(50 TB per DC & NLDC, 225 TB at DR, 25 TB per Satellite DC)
(j) Tape Library 2

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 26 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 81 of 191

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 82 of 191

Annexure 27

VIRTUALISATION INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT PROVISIONING AND


CAPACITY MANAGEMENT

1. Virtualization. Virtualization solution should be enterprise class solution


capable of building an independent private cloud as per ISP requirements
similar to Infrastructure as a Service (IAAS) model. Navy would be providing
the solution in this format to multiple users within organisation in this format.
The virtualization layer must support multiple physical processor cores on
both 32 bit and 64 bit virtual machines concurrently. Hot plug-in and removal
of storage including virtual hard disks should be permitted while the VM is
running and also automatically increase the necessary components when VM
experience heavy load.

2. Integrated Management. Solution should provide management of both


physical and virtual machines within Private Cloud and this help monitor and
manage entire infrastructure, providing a holistic picture of DC operations. It
should also provide timely system compliance, tracking, alerts, actions along
with management of multiple OSs including Windows, UNIX, Linux and the
applications using this infrastructure. This should also give a comprehensive
report on system and application performance and availability including
trends. The entire process should be automated as far as possible by
integrating the alerts/notifications with the Service Desk tool (Pink verify
certified & ITIL V3 compliant) and by taking corrective actions based on the
nature of alert received.

3. Provisioning. The solution should facilitate provisioning for the cloud


environment wherein resources & workloads could be provided based on user
requirements including Virtual Machine management and provisioning
automatically. The process should be automated wherein the system should
determine the physical host on which the virtual machine or workload would
be loaded. System should provide a comprehensive report on number of
virtual machines, workloads, specifications and utilization data. It should also
have capabilities to store configuration information including hardware
inventory and software inventory of infrastructure that is provisioned and
managed. Provisioning system should address real time Migration scenario
as well wherein a virtual machine from one node of a Server can be failed
over to another node in the same cluster without any downtime.

4. Capacity Management. The solution should accurately model and predict


future capacity information by collecting performance information from lower
level management systems and assist in capacity planning of the System.

5. The overall solution should be scalable to atleast 5 times the capacity being
procured as part of this tender.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 27 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 83 of 191

Annexure 28

UMBRELLA NMS

Base Documents. TEC/GR/IT/NMS-001/01MAR 2009 with latest amendments.


TEC/GR/SD-NMS-0-01 FEB 2005 with latest amendments.
TEC/GR NMS 01-02 MAY 2007 with latest amendments.

Additional Specification.

1. NMS should be open standard technology and monitoring sessions should


have encryption feature incorporated based on best practices for deploying
NW & systems monitoring solution working as an operational process.

2. NCN would have two NOCs for high availability of Network Operations and
should monitor the complete infrastructure. The NMS should provide services
like Web based Network topology visualisation tool, Network and Data Centre
IT Fault Management, Network Performance Management, Event correlation
service availability and Helpdesk (Pink verify certified & ITIL V3 compliant).

3. The proposed solution should be fully activated with all hardware and
software licenses on day one. Any feature, module which needs to be
activated with a license at a later date needs to be provided free of cost by the
bidder and manufacturer at a later date till the end of the warranty period.

4. UNMS should support Network segmentation by supporting IPSEC/GRE


Tunnels as well MPLS Layer 3 VPNs (e.g. VRF) & VLANS, Multicast VPN,
Psuedo wires L2 VPN & monitor QoS parameters for reliable VoIP transport.

5. Strong event correlation engine which can correlate events on basis of event
pairing, event sequencing and other symptom events that can be filtered into
a separate view. Module should suppress events for key network elements
that are down for routine maintenance, to assist in root cause determination
and help prevent flooding of non-relevant console messages using
appropriate rules. Rules based event correlation in conjunction with event
management should to help identify clearly symptom and cause events.

6. Fault monitoring module should be able to notify the responsible technician


via e-mail and SMS. If required it should further escalate event up chain of
responsibility based upon definable rules through a graphical user interface.

7. Configuration Management System should provide intelligent automation of


device configuration and change management. Some key features should
include real-time, accurate validation of configuration changes, management
of changes & non-disruptive rollback.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 28 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 84 of 191

8. The management agents should be able to collect events from SNMP and
non SNMP management data sources through Element Management System,
APIs, Databases, Network devices, log files, custom rules and other utilities.

9. UNMS should have detailed service dashboard view indicating health of each
organization and the health of the services they rely on as well as the SLAs.
UNMS should generate customized reports based on alarm management or
performance management data or any other statistical data (historical). UNMS
should generate a comprehensive view of a service with real-time visibility into
service status and identify root cause (through multiple algorithms) of various
infrastructure problems as well as prioritize resources based on impact.

11. This central console should provide network performance reports, generate
baseline reports, set thresholds to collect performance statistics, send
notifications for crossing the threshold to fault monitoring module, log file
monitoring including over and underutilised links and be capable of validating
configuration against a set of policies. Raw data should be stored for 2
months and archived for atleast 5 years. Flow based traffic analysis and
accounting capabilities to identify what traffic has flown through the network
from which user what location what type.

12. Solution should be able to provide integrated Asset management, software


delivery, remote control and patch management capabilities for
Desktops/Laptops/Servers across the infrastructure. The solution should also
be able to create a workflow to enable administrators to approve critical
patch/security/policy updates on end points and generate compliance reports.
The solution should automate provisioning & management of virtual machines
on various virtualization environments (hypervisors).

13. The solution must determine if the root cause of performance issues is inside
the monitored application, in connected back-end systems or at the network
layer from a single console view through lightweight server agents on variety
of OS and Databases. If critical application processes or service fails then it
should re-started. Solution should integrate with 3rd party applications.

14. The solution should be deployable as a passive listener on network. UNMS


should have the ability to detect and alert when users experience HTTP error
codes such as 404 errors or errors coming from the web application and find
cause with drill down to the problem causing component.

15. The proposed solution must provide Server and database performance
management capabilities across heterogeneous servers and database
instances and generate alerts for critical parameters into central UNMS
console.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 28 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 85 of 191

Annexure 29

SECURITY MANAGEMENT

Base Documents. TEC/GR/IT/NMS-001/01MAR 2009 with latest amendments.


TEC/GR/SD-NMS-0-01 FEB 2005 with latest amendments
TEC/GR NMS 01-02 MAY 2007 with latest amendments

Additional Specification.

1. The platform should be an appliance based solution providing a single global


view of all the events so that multi-device correlation can be achieved by
decentralized management and through multiple consoles with centralized
escalation, reporting and control. System should collate security events in real
time from any IP Device including proprietary applications and forward these
to event console of the Security Incident and Event Management platform.
The collection should preferably be done non-intrusively (agent less) from
different sources and should then be stored in a database (should not be
tampered) by defining severity levels and time stamp.

2. The solution should to handle a minimum of 1,50,000 EPS, in addition one


receiver/collector per site with EPS count of 10,000 at Tier I site and 1000 at
Tier II Sites needs to be provisioned.

3. System shall retain logs for at least thirty days for every individual event/alarm
for analysis and reporting. It should provide Entire Life cycle Management of
the logs and should support online/near line/offline storage of logs. All logs
must be authenticated and compressed before written to the database. The
compression ratio should be at least one third of original log size.

4. System shall generate period specific security reports, record number of times
attack has occurred based on predefined graphs, queries & have a feature to
View Underlying Logs/Events. It must not filter data at the collection.

5. Configurable automated actions in response to security problem by sending


notifications through Email.

6. The system shall also have inbuilt Risk and Rules based correlation.

7. System shall track security events within its own architecture. An audit trail of
report access should also be maintained. System shall provide incident
management capabilities within the Security Management solution and should
support out of the box integration with 3rd party external solutions.

8. The solution should support historical correlation and integration with atleast
the APT being procured as part of this tender.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 29 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 86 of 191

Annexure 30

BIG DATA ANALYTICS

1. The objective of the system is to create a consolidated repository of all the


structured and unstructured data (audio, video, text, logs) for further analysis
and monitoring through analysis of the data and drive insights from the data.
The intent is to build big data analytics team to be able to develop algorithms
and business rules within the system for analysis.

2. The solution should be a Unified platform for structured and unstructured data
analysis. The system should have built-in high-performance, True SQL
query interface running within the proposed platform and also have the ability
to write user java programs to access and analyze the data.

3. The solution should integrate with relational data and also have an in-memory
data grid built on top of the platform.

4. Vendor should have ability to support the proposed platform 24*7 via phone,
email, Enterprise Local Support Service, 24-hour x 365 days availability,
24-hour incident reporting, Delivers quality, one-source support and single
point of delivery with all hardware/software service level, Integrated,
proactive, Alert notifications are sent and tracked (Call Home capability).

5. The product needs to be installed on a Type II Rack Server as specified at


Annexure 27 and have a minimum of 110 TB usable capacity of hard disks
configured in Raid 5.

6. Platform should have built-in Library of scalable machine-learning Algorithms.

7. Platform should have an ability to access parallelized machine-learning and


data-mining functions at scale.

8. The proposed platform should have tight integration with Solr for very fast
text/email search.

9. The solution should be predominantly open source centric and vendor should
have the ability to provide support on the open source solutions.

10. The vendor should demonstrate few capabilities of analyzing videos, email
and log search analysis via an on-site demo.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 30 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 87 of 191

Annexure 31

CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORK

1. Content delivery Network (CDN) would be used for delivering Video & Audio
content efficiently with optimal use of bandwidth across the network. It is
desired to implement CDN infrastructure so that the users access the audio &
video contents from the nearest datacenter. The components required for
CDN are Streaming server, Content Management server, Cache Server,
Search Server, storage, Load Balancers, DNS Server etc. For seamless
integration and efficient operations atleast the Content and Streaming solution
should be from the same OEM. CDN Infrastructure will be used for live and
recorded streaming of content, online trainings, online seminars etc. CDN will
be deployed at 7 DCs, 4 NLDC and 1DR.

2. Necessary customizations have to be carried out by the bidder for creating a


You Tube like infrastructure for the Navy. Required technical specifications
for the CDN infrastructure are as indicated in succeeding paragraphs.
3. Streaming: The content management solution and the streaming solution
should work on any Operating system environment, as there may be a
requirement of load balancing streaming server running on different OS
platforms. The streaming server should have support for HTTP, P2P
streaming. Application level multicast support, digital rights management,
adaptive bit rate support, real time encryption of multicast or P2P streams,
Support for SIP devices and flash are some of the mandatory features
required in the streaming server. The proposed solution should support
streaming live and recorded events on a multicast network.
4. Content management: The content management solution should be an
enterprise class web content management solution which is independent of
any database (should not require a database). Users across the organization
should be able to manage, store, and access images, videos, documents,
audio clips, and rich media such as Flash files for use on the web, in print,
and for digital distribution. The solution should offer features like content
replication (Author-Publisher mode), content portal, content search, content
rating, social components (rating videos) & HTML5 support. The solution
should integrate with caching and search technologies e.g. Varnish and Solr,
for content caching and search. There should be a provision to restrict access
to specific content using Digital Rights management technologies. The
solution should support asset workflow, asset metadata, asset tagging etc.

5. The system should be configured in a way that the request is always served
from the nearest datacenter (main or inline) and incase of failure from the DR
site. The System Integrator (SI) can use the Routers, Load balancers, storage
and DNS servers which are provided as a part of this tender for request
routing, load balancing, data replication and name resolution.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 31 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 88 of 191

Annexure 32

BILL OF QUANTITY

1. The BoQ for NMS

SNo Component Licenses Required Scope of solution


(a) Network Fault Monitoring, Manage 3000 4 DC, 4 NLDC, 3 satellite
Performance Management network devices data centers and 1 DR site
and Traffic Analysis System
(b) Server and Database Manage 1000 4 DC, 4 NLDC, 3 satellite
Performance Management servers and DBs data centers and 1 DR site
(c) Application Performance Manage 200 critical 4 DC, 4 NLDC, 3 satellite
Management System & End- Application Servers data centers and 1 DR site
User Experience Monitoring
System
(d) Helpdesk & Trouble Ticketing 50 concurrent Trouble Ticketing facility for
System helpdesk analyst 50,000 end-users

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 32 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 89 of 191

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 90 of 191

Annexure 33

TELEPRESENCE EQUIPMENT

1. Telepresence solution should provide life-size images, around a virtual table,


to support an interactive and collaborative, virtual face to face immersive
meeting. The solution should cater to seat 18 & 6 personnel in Type 1 & 2.

2. Telepresence solution should be standards based HD 1080p@30 fps both in


point to point as well as in point to multipoint calls using H.264. It should
support following voice standards G .711, G.722, G.722.1 or better, Spatial
audio 20 KHz or higher, Acoustic echo canceller and Automatic Gain Control
(AGC). The TP should be interoperable with other standards based
equipment.

3. A minimum of three High Definition (1080 P) cameras is to be provided to


cover all the participants in each location. Cameras should be able to provide
segmented view of the rooms. The room at each location should be divided
into atleast 3 segments. Each segment should be covered by atleast one HD
camera. Each of the participants should have an unobstructed view of TP
screen and the participants and should have access to the spatial audio.

4. The solution should contain a minimum three Plasma/LCD screens, each of


atleast 65 or a Video Wall based solution should be quoted. Additionally 3
HD (1080P) of minimum 60 for content sharing from any of the two rows
should be provided, one HD document camera for sharing document during
Telepresence call, 1 24 port switch, 1 HDMI to VGA switcher & 1 Laptop.

5. The solution should be capable of Hi definition recording in H.264 1080p


resolution. The recording system should be able to support recording up to
200 hours of 1080p and CIF. It may be noted that the video should be stored
in compressed format. During playback the file must be uncompressed to
enable it to be played on Standard Players indicated above or the TP system.

6. All the 18 and 6 seats in the 18 and 6 seater solution respectively should be
on camera. No customized solutions are acceptable. The entire solution
should be provided with original part nos of the OEM and a certificate issued
by the original manufacturing unit on the complete Bill of Material is to
accompany the supply. The solution should be offered in its entirety as
mentioned by the OEM in their data sheets. Any module/component/license/
equipment not accompanying would have to the Indian Navy free of cost.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 33 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 91 of 191

Annexure 34

ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT OF TELEPRESENCE

1. Multi Conferencing Unit. MCU should be sized for 100 ports 1080p 30fps,
either in single chassis or multiple chassis, with hot swappable modules and
redundant power supply. The MCU should allow for larger conferences
through cascading. MCU should connect devices such as IP Phones, HD/SD
Video conferencing endpoints, Immersive endpoints, 30 Audio participants.
MCU should be capable of sending and receiving highest level of video
resolution with no downscaling when lower resolution joins in. MCU should be
provided with continuous presence for a conference with Telepresence
rooms, Video endpoints and Video IP Phones. MCU should support protocols
like H.323, SIP, TIP and support transcoding, rate matching, presentation
sharing using H.239 and BFCP on all the MCU ports. The solution should
have a centralized resource manager which handles device clustering and
provides load balancing across MCUs for allowing conferences to dynamically
grow.

2. Management and Scheduling Software. The system management should


be a single centralized location for complete management including
configuration, conference management, directory services, scheduling and
reporting, diagnostics and fault resolution. Software updates for the end points
should be able to be updated through centralized management. The
management system should be able to schedule and manage end points,
MCUs, Telepresence etc. The complete hardware and software, required for
system management should be supplied.

3. Gatekeeper and MCU Resource Manager. The solution should register


both H.323 and SIP devices, hence should act as a SIP registrar and H.323
gatekeeper. The solution should allow connectivity and interoperability to
standards based video conference and telepresence solution. The solution
should support atleast 500 device registration and 120 concurrent calls for
handling calls with any videoconference solution. The solution should be able
to centrally handle the MCUs resources for load balancing across the
platforms. The Gatekeeper and MCU resource manager should support
redundancy through clustering.

4. The complete telepresence system including the associated equipment


should be accompanied with required number of device registration licenses.
Bidder should cater for all elements required for successful implementation of
management solution such as DNS, NTP, Active Directory, Servers etc as per
OEMs recommendation.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 34 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 92 of 191

Annexure 35

ROOM REMEDIATION

1. All the rooms for the Telepresence solution (Type 1 and 2) should comply to
the following specifications related to Telepresence Room Remediation.

2. The room should cater for seating of minimum 18 participants (12 chairs are
to be provided in addition behind the second table) for Telepresence
conference for Tier I telepresence location and 6 participants (6 Chairs are to
be provided in addition) for Tier II Telepresence locations.

3. OEM certified, identically designed Telepresence Rooms needs to be built at


each of the locations. The design of the room, along with complete list of
deliverables/ installation material needs to be provided with the Technical Bid.

4. The room renovation would include wooden panelling of the side walls,
painting, flooring (interlocked wooden/vitrified tiles), false ceiling, lighting
fixtures, board room tables, second/third row tables, supply of executive
leather chair, power supply distribution and all other activities etc. as required
for implementing the Telepresence solution.

5. Refurbishment of Interiors with wooden panelling, painting, flooring


(interlocked wooden flooring/ vitrified tiles), false ceiling etc. All the fittings
should be termite proof. All the material required for wooden panelling,
flooring, false ceiling etc should be from a reputed brand.

6. The light fixtures and lighting should be such that natural colour of the
participants is projected. The lighting should not project any shadows or
reflections from any object, surface, furniture and participants.

7. Provisioning of 02 Cassette air-conditioners of 2 tons capacity each for the


main room and 01 Cassette air-conditioners of 2 tons capacity each for
System Management and UPS/Battery room in each location.

8. Complete installation including Ducting, installation and wiring would be the


responsibility of the bidder.

9. High noise and echo should be kept at minimum to listen the voice very
clearly without noise and echo and other disturbances like noise due to air
conditioning, noise from outside the room.

10. No wires should be visible around the table and in the room. All cables,
adapters etc should be routed with proper conduit casing capping.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 35 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 93 of 191

Annexure 36

HIGH DEFINTION VIDEO CONFERENCING IN AUDITORIUMS

1. Navy would like to enhance the existing auditoriums of navy with audio and
video solution for holding conferencing capability for upto 100 personnel at
each site. Indian Navy already has existing infrastructure in terms of
auditoriums, furniture, and room layouts which is being currently used. By this
project the vendor needs to add on facilities such as Video conferencing
endpoint with multiple cameras, audio mixers, display screens 100 or above,
video mixers, touch panels, speakers, processors, amplifiers, scalers etc.
Indian Navy should be able to do Video conferencing from these auditoriums
by covering the maximum participants. It is required that the first two rows
approx.40 people to have one microphone between two chairs and remaining
rows to have a provision for handled movable microphone.

2. The Video endpoint should be full HD 1080p@30fps with a capability to


connect 2 full HD 1080P PTZ Cameras of 12x Zoom in addition to 1 laptop/PC
for presentation sharing using H.239 and BFCP standard. The solution should
be H.323 and SIP compliant. The endpoint should be able to connect 3
microphones, with 1 microphone supplied day one.

3. The scope excludes the interiors within the auditorium but includes cabling,
conduting, wiring, etc to maintain the current aesthetics of the auditorium.
Necessary civil, wood, electrical work etc is included in the bidders scope.
Where applicable, the offered products should be 1080p resolution, full HD,
with required HDMI/DVI connectors.

4. The suggested list of equipment for conduct of HD Video Conferencing from


an auditorium is mentioned at para 5 below. However bidders are invited to
forward their request to survey the auditoriums within two weeks of issuance
of the tender, Indian Navy would accord approval to visit the site within one
week of receiving the request. No further extensions for carrying out site
survey would be accepted. The bidder would be responsible for providing a
complete solution to the Indian Navy.

5. Full HD 100 LED screens or above, Full HD LCD projector of min 6000
lumens, Desktop Visualizer, 48 Channel Low latency DSP Processor, FoH
speakers, Control Processor and system, Power amplifier, HDMI signal
twister transmitter & Receiver, RGB & HDMI Matrix switcher, HDMI audio
embedder, VGA to HDMI scaler, under desk microphone mounting assembly,
Power supply unit, microphone priority selection & Voice activation, Podium
with laptop, mic, reading light, Ethernet end points etc, collar mics, cordless
mic, Multi channel amplifier, Gooseneck microphones, Voice activated Video
facility etc.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 36 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 94 of 191

Annexure 37

VOICE AND VIDEO TELEPHONY SERVICES

1. The solution should have distributed SIP based call control architecture with
call control functionality distributed across Tier I & II sites (6 clusters/Groups)
for enhanced redundancy. For Call Control purpose, the voice network has
been divided into multiple regions with each region having its call control,
operational & management functionality.

2. The call control system and every component should be fully redundant
solution including dual redundant hot swappable power supply, fans, storage
media/external SAN for high availability with no single point of failure & should
provide 1:1 redundancy to all end points in the region.

3. The 6 clusters/groups should handle atleast 5000 end points with 1:1
redundancy for all end points and be scalable without addition of any
hardware or software for at least 10,000 end points. The entire solution should
further have SIP based survivability call control functionality (SCCF) for
additional redundancy. The survivability system should be capable of
providing the fall back telephony services for atleast one fifth end points on its
own in the event of no connectivity to the Call Control Cluster and no existing
calls should be dropped during this changeover.

4. The solution should have signalling standard/Protocols SIP, H.323 and


Q.Sig, Audio Codec support - G.711, G.729a/b; Wideband Audio & G.722,
Fax over IP G.711 pass through mode & all SIP based RFCs and Video
codecs like H.261, H.263, H.264.

5. The call control system shall support the administrative features like
centralized management through web/CLI, Call detail records analysis and
reporting, identification service and multiple levels of administrative access.

6. The call control system should integrate with the Ship and Ship-to-Shore radio
networks running various types of frequencies (HF, UHF and VHF etc) with
the voice network so that a user can talk to a radio network user. The solution
should provide atleast 16 Combat Net Radio gateways with 4 E&M interfaces.
Each CNR Gateway should integrate with atleast 10 IP or analog phones.

7. The system should have dedicated session management server. The service
aggregation component should support centralized trunking via Open and
Standard protocols such as SIP trunks, traditional telco trunks, H.323 trunks,
MGCP trunks, Voice calls and Video calls.

8. The call control system should have integrated voice and video telephony
features. It should also have a presence application at the 6 clusters for all
users with features like IM, Chat and directory integration.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 37 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 95 of 191

9. Gateways. The PSTN/EPABX gateway system should be an appliance


based solution that will interface with the PSTN networks of different service
providers and existing TDM legacy PABX systems. PSTN gateway will be
used to make outgoing and incoming calls to/from PSTN and would also be
used by the survivability system. It should be provided with at least 16 E1
interfaces and CNR Gateway.

10. Conferencing System. A voice conferencing system should be provisioned


with call control cluster in redundant manner. The system should provide
integrated audio conferencing solution for at least 200 ports so that 200
concurrent users can use a single system.

11. Voice Mail System. An integrated unified messaging and voice mail system
should be provided in high availability for each call control cluster with atleast
150 voice mail ports per system. The system should be scaled to store atleast
45 minutes (CODEC G.711) of storage per user.

12. The solution should be an agentless integrated with voice and video
management system for monitoring, troubleshooting, testing & guaranteeing
service level agreements (SLA) for the smooth operation of the system. The
management system should be scalable to atleast 50% additionally. The
management solution should measure and report atleast round-trip & one way
delay, jitter, packet loss for simulated voice traffic between any two sites.

13. IP Video Phone. The SIP based IP Video Phone should have minimum 5"
or higher LCD Screen display with video Camera, handset and AC power
adapter of Indian Standard. The phone should have 2-port Gigabit Ethernet
switch to connect a co-located PC. It should have intuitive user interface and
keypad/touch screen for quick access to all IP phone and video services.

14. IP Phone. The SIP based IP Phone should have minimum 3" or higher
LCD screen display with AC power adapter of Indian Standard. The IP Phone
should have 2-port Gigabit Ethernet switch for connecting respective users
desktop. The phone should support TLS signalling authentication.

15. Operator Console. A hardware based operator console should be


provisioned for managing all internal/external PSTN calls and the operator will
connect the end user following various policies.

16. The complete system should be enabled on day one with all features as
published by OEM in their data sheets, any feature not enabled and found
later would have to be provisioned free of cost by bidder and OEM.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 37 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 96 of 191

Annexure 38

BILL OF QUANTITY

1. The BoQ for Multimedia services is as follows:-

SNo Description Quantity


(a) 18 Seater Telepresence 4
(b) 6 Seater Telepresence 26
(c) Recording Solution 10 ports with each MCU 2
(d) Management and Scheduling Software 1
(e) Multipoint Control Unit with 100 MCU ports 4
(f) Gatekeeper and MCU resource management 2
(g) HD Video solution for auditoriums 14
(h) Video IP Phone 5000
(j) IP Phone 10000
(k) Operator Console 100
(l) Voice Solutions (As per specification) 1Set
(m) Survivability Gateways 100

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 38 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 97 of 191

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 98 of 191

Annexure 39

IP MPLS L2 L7 FUNCTIONAL AND PERFORMANCE TESTER

1. Tester should test STP, MSTP, IGMP all versions with 12 (1 GbE), 8 (10
GbE), 4 (STM 16) ports concurrently.

2. The tester should be configured to transmit upto16,000 unique Flow Groups


and generate up to 4 million individually trackable flows with statistics.

3. The tester should test CFM, LACP, BFD, Fault Management Y.1731 and time
synchronization over NTP (Network Timing Protocol).

4. The tester should test Voice, Video, Data, malicious traffic and DDOS attacks.

5. Tester should perform on the same tester chassis network performance


assessment testing by simulating hundreds of protocols and application
performance on a wired or wireless network.

6. Tester should test sophisticated traffic patterns with and without QoS for IPv4
and IPv6 and measure throughput, jitter, packet loss, end-to-end delay, MOS,
MDI, VoIP, Multicast video and custom payloads.

7. Tester should test high BDP networks such as satellite &10 GbE.

8. Tester should support performance endpoints on various OS and support NW


performance across at least 50 pairs of network end points from 50 locations.

9. The tester should support on the same tester chassis for pre-emptive
robustness analysis of networked devices, malformed content, and measure
impact of threat and application vulnerability (Zero day attack).

10. The tester should support standard protocols IPv4 and IPv6 for vulnerability
and robustness testing and HTTP, TLS, SSH, Telnet, SNMP, TFTP, VPN.

11. The tester should be able to perform protocol implementation vulnerability


testing for the above mentioned protocols for all standard and extended
RFCs. Measure control plane and data plane performance of IPSec gateways

12. Support both IKE v 1 & 2 and Tunnel Capacity Test, Setup test, Rate
validation test and RFC 2544 test and StatefulL4-L7 application traffic over
PPoE and DHCP and IPSec tunnels for frame loss, throughout, latency and
soak tests.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 39 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 99 of 191

Annexure 40

SATELLITE CONNECTIVITY

1. NCN network will have two Master Earth Stations (MES) located at two hubs
for C and Ku band satellite uplinks for 8 VSAT stations and 10 Transportable
Satellite Terminals (TST). The VSAT stations would be deployed
predominantly in the Island locations and use C band, of which two of these
sites should have atleast 8 Mbps and 2 Mbps for the other six sites, these
8 sites should communicate simultaneously. The TSTs would be deployed
across Naval sites and be provisioned with a floating bandwidth of
10 Mbps. VSATs and Transportable Satellite Terminals should be capable
of providing point to point single satellite hop connectivity with each other
as well as with Hub with RTT of less than 1000ms. The RF and antenna
should be sized to scale up to 8 Mbps on VSAT, Transportable terminals
and for the Hub MF-TDMA outbound of 20 Mbps (DVB-S2 Outbound of
20/40 Mbps). The VSAT network is IP network. The modem should support
atleast DVBS2, QPSK, 8PSKmodulation techniques. All VSAT stations &
TSTs should operate in star and mesh mode and each remote site should
be able to multicast to other remotes in the network.

2. Both hubs would be provided with NMS. The complete system at each Hub
will be in hot stand-by in terms of the hardware and software and should be
able to take over the control of the network in case of any breakdown or when
desired so by the user without any loss of data or breaking communication.
This shall serve as the control for the management of the entire system. The
MES should facilitate broadcast transmission and be capable of providing
bandwidth on demand to any remote site. Network controller hardware,
software & switching equipment should be integrated at MES.

3. The network might grow in due course. The upgradation work will include
additional 50% VSATs or 100% increase in the number of channels at any
location. The space segment of the satellite should be transparent to users
and be capable of operating two or three transponders with similar or different
polarization. All channels should be accessible from hub. For redundancy,
dual RF & baseband should be provided for VSAT & Hub locations.

4. The satellite equipment should be tunable to any frequency and be capable of


absorbing future expansion of the network ensuring maximum bandwidth
efficiency. The solution should TCP accelerators are to be provided as IP
Encryptors are proposed to be used on the network at a later date. In
addition, Radar and HF cut off filters are also to be included.

5. TSTs would provide connectivity incase of failure of the OFC links and also for
facilitation of live interactive hot switching and transfer of news information
from remote sites to central site and appropriately sized broadcast quality
equipment confirming to International HDTV standards.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 40 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 100 of 191

6. The TST should be a four wheel drive, BS IV diesel vehicle with automatic
gearbox, high roof van with right-hand driving wheel which shall provide
adequate space for at least three 19 inch rack equipment installation, provide
comfortable system operation, provide space for a power generator, triax,
video and audio cable reels, and offer the appropriate specifications (engine
power, maximum load capacity, height, strong top for antenna support, etc) for
the total weight to meet the road vehicle laws of India. 5 additional vehicles
without equipment are to be provided as reserve vehicles.

7. TST should have a complete, full redundant satellite uplink systemcomprising


of atleast a 3.8 metres diameter collapsible Ku band auto tracking antenna
with GPS, 2X400W linear, waterproof High Power Amplifiers, 2XKu Band
Block Upconverters, all necessary waveguides, Low Noise Blocks, Antenna
Controller, all necessary splitters and dummy loads, HPA changeover unit etc.

8. TST should include 2 MPEG2/4 Encoders, Modulator, Up Converter, HD audio


mixer, captive power supply, power backup, air conditioning, Edge Router,
Type 2 Access Switch, four 6 core Armoured Optic Fibre Cable, 4 Mobile
workstations confirming to MIL STD 810G with latest configuration, furniture,
one complete HD Video Camera (1080p) with associated equipment (Triax
cable of atleast 1 Km, Camera Control Unit, RCP etc), HD Video recorder.

9. The fitment of the equipment and generators should be in such a manner to


ensure extension of power and interface between satellite equipment and
terrestrial equipment is facilitated for a period of 24 hrs without external
assistance. The equipment should be fitted to ensure that there is no damage
during transportation. Safety is not be compromised under any circumstances.

10. Adequate mechanical stability for the TST, on deployment, should be ensured,
to cater for wind resistance of a maximum of 75 Kmph in a regular operational
scenario and 150 Kmph in survival mission.

11. DG sets are to be housed along with the control panels. The DG set enclosure
should be physically de-coupled from the shelter so that the vibrations of the
DG sets are not passed to the shelter. It should have the provision to offload
the generators from the vehicles and deploy the same on the ground if
required for the prolonged working. For this purpose, suitable mechanical
arrangement for unloading/loading of the generators should be provided.

12. The TST should be appropriately designed to withstand the shock and
vibration experienced during transportation by cross-country and by road. The
entire shelter should be provided with an earthing copper strip of atleast 25-
mm width and 3-mm thickness. The entire cabling within the shelter should be
structured with appropriate conduits for power and data cables.

13. GPS in NMEA format should be provided and integrated with antenna control
system to provide location details for automated antenna alignment.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 40 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 101 of 191

Annexure 41

BILL OF QUANTITY

1. The BoQ for all testing and miscellaneous equipment is as follows:-

SNo Description Quantity


a IP MPLS L2 L7 functional and performance tester 2
b Satellite Connectivity 1

2. The indicative BoQ for training Lab at one location is as follows. However, the
bidder may amend this indicative list to ensure that training and certification as
indicated in this RFP can be carried out comprehensively:-

SNo Description Quantity


IP MPLS L2 L7 functional and
performance tester with 96 GE
a 1
interfaces only. Delete all other
interfaces.
b Edge Router 2
c Access Switch 2
d Firewall Type 3 2
e IPS Type 3 2
Voice cluster for 20 subscribers with IP
f 20
and Video Phones
g Regional Metro DWDM equipment 2
h Rack Server 5

3. The indicative BoQ for testing Lab at four locations is as follows. However,
the bidder may amend this indicative list to ensure that a simulated environment is
available for testing all software patches, updates, version upgrades including
application testing prior to it be ported live on the production network:-

SNo Description Quantity


a Edge Router 1
b Access Switch 5
c Firewall Type 2 2
d IPS Type 2 2
e Voice cluster for 20 subscribers with IP and Video Phones 20
f Regional Metro DWDM equipment 2
g Rack Server 5
h Blade Server 2

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part B
Annexure 41 SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 102 of 191

SECTION 3 Part C

SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS (SOR)

Note

1. The make and model of all items should be specified as part of the Technical
Bid. Vendors are required to offer only one option in terms of Make/Model;
Bids offering multiple options will be rejected.

2. All quantities of equipment given in the SoR are inclusive of the spares.

3. Adequacy. Any additional items, hardware, software, licenses, accessories,


cables, connectors, patch cords, SFPs etc not specifically asked by the
purchaser but essential to achieve 100% functionality as given in this tender,
shall be supplied by the bidder at no additional cost. The bidder shall hence
ensure that all items required to meet complete operational and functional
requirements of the network are included as part of the technical and
commercial bid. In case, the same is discovered during implementation, the
bidder shall provide the same to the Purchaser at no additional cost.

4. Suitable quantity of racks shall be provided as per specifications in this


tender for housing of equipment supplied as part of this tender.

5. Documentation. Complete technical literature in English with detailed


connection diagram of various sub-components and other details of the
system shall be provided for all equipment. All aspects of installation,
operation, troubleshooting, and maintenance shall also be covered in the
handbooks.

6. License. All licenses for software shall be unlimited and provided with
lifetime validity period and free updates/upgrades/patches during Warranty
and AMC period.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 103 of 191

SNo Item Description Annexure Quantity


NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE
(1) Type 1 Router Annexure 1 22 Nos
(2) Type 2 Router Annexure 1 172 Nos
(3) Type 3 Router Annexure 1 48
(4) Type 4 Router Annexure 1 286
(5) Type 5 Router Annexure 1 5
(6) Type 6 Router Annexure 1 5
(7) Access Switch Annexure 2 1600
(8) Regional Metro DWDM System Annexure 3 7 Sites
(9) Data Centre Core Switch Annexure 4 33
(10) Data Centre Aggregation Switch Annexure 5 33
(11) Data Centre Access Switch Annexure 6 92
(12) Data Centre SAN Switch Annexure 7 18
(13) NLDC SAN Switch Annexure 8 15
(14) Virtual Switch Annexure 9 8
(15) Network Modelling Software Annexure 10 1
SECURITY INFRASTRUCTURE
(16) Network Firewall Type 1 Annexure 12 9
(17) Network Firewall Type 2 Annexure 12 15
(18) Network Firewall Type 3 Annexure 12 72
(19) IPS Type 1 Annexure 13 9
(20) IPS Type 2 Annexure 13 15
(21) IPS Type 3 Annexure 13 72
(22) APT Solutions Annexure 14 12
(23) Antivirus Gateway Annexure 15 7
(24) Data Centre HIPS Annexure 16 200
DATA CENTRE INFRASTRUCTURE
(25) Type 1 Infrastructure Annexure 18 8
(26) Type 2 Infrastructure Annexure 19 33
(27) Civil Infrastructure Annexure 20 33
(28) Blade server Type 1 Annexure 21 138
(29) Blade server Type 2 Annexure 21 138
(30) Rack server Type 1 Annexure 22 39
(31) Rack server Type 2 Annexure 22 32
(32) UNIX Servers Type 1 Annexure 23 5
(33) UNIX Servers Type 2 Annexure 23 5
(34) Server Load Balancer & SSL Accelerator Annexure 24 36
(35) Usable Storage backup & Associated software Annexure 25 700 Tb
(36) Tape Library Annexure 25 2
SOFTWARE COMPONENTS
(37) Virtualisation Integrated Management Annexure 27 2 Sets
Provisioning and Capacity Management
(38) Umbrella NMS Annexure 28 2 Sets
(39) Security Management Annexure 29 2 Sets
(40) Big Data Analytics Annexure 30 2 Sets
(41) Content Delivery Network Annexure 31 1 Set

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 104 of 191

SNo Item Description Annexure Quantity


MULTIMEDIA SERVICES
(42) Telepresence Type 1 Annexure 33 4
(43) Telepresence Type 2 Annexure 33 26
(44) Recording Solution 10 ports with each MCU Annexure 33 2
(45) Management and Scheduling Software Annexure 34 1
(46) Multipoint Control Unit with 100 MCU ports Annexure 34 4
(47) Gatekeeper and MCU resource management Annexure 34 2
(48) HD Video solution for auditoriums Annexure 36 14
(49) Video IP Phone Annexure 37 5000
(50) IP Phone Annexure 37 10000
(51) Operator Console Annexure 37 100
(52) Voice Solutions Annexure 37 1 Set
(53) Survivability Gateways Annexure 37 100
MISCELLANEOUS
(54) IP MPLS L2 L7 Functional & Performance Annexure 39 2
Tester
(55) Satellite Connectivity Annexure 40 1 Set

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 3
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 105 of 191

SECTION 4 Part A

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (GIB)

1. DEFINITIONS

(a) The Purchaser means the Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited (BSNL),
New Delhi.

(b) The Bidder is the System Integrator or the OEM who intends to
participate in the tender and submits the bid.

(c) The Supplier means the individual or firm supplying the goods/work
under the contract.

(d) Contractor is the successful bidder who immediately on acceptance


of Advance Purchase Order (APO) and submission of PBG for
implementing the Next Generation MPLS Network for Indian Navy.

(e) The Goods/work means all equipment, machinery, and/or other


materials, which the bidder is required to supply to the Purchaser under
the contract.

(f) The Advance Purchase Order means the intention of the Purchaser
to place the Purchase Order on the bidder.

(g) The Purchase Order means the order placed by the purchaser on
the supplier signed by the Purchaser including all attachments and
appendices thereto and all documents incorporated by reference
therein. The purchase order shall be deemed as Contract appearing
in the document.

(h) The Contract Price means the price payable to the Supplier under
the purchase order for the full and proper performance of its
contractual obligations.

(i) Validation is a process of testing the equipment as per the


Generic Requirements in the specifications for use in BSNL and Naval
network. Validation is carried out in simulated field environment and
includes stability, reliability and environmental tests.

(j) "Telecom Service Provider" means any Telecom operator in India,


who is licensed by the Department of Telecommunications (DOT),
Government of India to provide telecom services to the general public
or to the other DOT licensed Telecom operators. "Telecom Service
Provider" also refers to any Telecom operator in other countries
providing telecom services to general public of that country or to other
telecom operators of the same country.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 106 of 191

(k) Successful Bidder(s) means the bidder(s) to whom work in this


tender is awarded.

(l) Site means the land/or other place(s) to which the equipment(s) and
system(s) are to be delivered and installed as per the contract.

(m) Commissioning means the Network will be treated as commissioned


when fit for commissioning, letter is issued by BSNL Corporate Office
after consultation with Indian Navy for the entire Next Generation
MPLS Network for Indian Navy.

(n) Warranty shall commence after the commissioning of the network.


Warranty period for the network is three years.

(o) Professional Services refers to services provided by the respective


OEMs for issues requiring high technical expertise and skills which are
essential to overcome any problem related to installation, operation
and maintenance of the network.

(p) Operations refers to all activities required for providing all the
services as planned as part of the Next Generation MPLS Network
for Indian Navy after commissioning of the same.

(q) Progress Report means report prepared by Contractor containing


details of the progress and implementation of the project which is to be
submitted on a fortnightly basis to BSNL and Indian Navy.

(r) Normal Time or Stipulated Time. Normal time or stipulated time


means time specified in the work order to complete the work.

(s) Extension of Time. Extension of Time means the time granted by


BSNL to complete the work beyond the normal time or stipulated time.

(t) Date of Commencement of Work. Date of commencement of


work means the date of actual commencement of work or 7th day from
the date of issue of work order, whichever is earlier.

(u) Due date of Completion. Due date of completion shall be the date by
which the work shall be completed at site including clearance of site.

(v) Duration of Completion of Work. The duration of completion of


work or completion time shall be time specified in the work order plus
extension of time granted, if any

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 107 of 191

2. ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS.

2.1 Kindly refer to Clauses 6, 7, 8 & 9 of Section 1 Part A i.e Detailed NIT.

3. COST OF BIDDING

3.1 The bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and
submission of the bid. The Purchaser will, in no case, be responsible or liable
for these costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process.

4. DOCUMENTS REQUIRED

4.1 The goods required to be supplied; bidding procedures and contract terms
and conditions are prescribed in the Bid Documents. The contents of the Bid
documents are specified in the covering letter.

4.2 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and
specifications in the Bid Documents and clarifications/ amendments/addenda,
if any. Failure to furnish all information required as per the Bid Documents or
submission of the bids not substantially responsive to the Bid Documents in
every respect will be at the bidder's risk and may result in rejection of the bid.

5. CLARIFICATION OF BID DOCUMENTS

5.1 A prospective bidder, requiring any clarification on the Bid Documents shall
submit his queries through E-tender portal and also notify the Purchaser in
writing or by FAX or by Email to the Purchasers mailing address as indicated
in the invitation of Bid. The Purchaser shall respond in writing to any request
for the clarification of the Bid Documents, which it receives not later than 21
days prior to the date of opening of the Tenders. Copies of the query
(without identifying the source) and clarifications by the Purchaser shall be
sent to all the prospective bidders who have received the bid documents.

5.2 Any clarification issued by BSNL in response to query raised by prospective


bidders shall form an integral part of bid documents and it may amount to an
amendment of relevant clauses of the bid documents.

5.3 The format in which the clarifications are to be sent via E-mail (in MS-Excel
sheets only):

S No Section Clause Brief Ref Query/


Description Page No Comments of
of the clause in Bid Bidder

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 108 of 191

6. AMENDMENT OF BID DOCUMENTS

6.1 The Purchaser may, for any reason, whether at its own initiative or in
response to a clarification requested by a prospective bidder, may modify bid
documents by amendments prior to the date of submission of Bids with due
notification to prospective bidders.

6.2 The amendments shall be notified in writing by FAX or Email or by Addendum


through e-tendering portal (for tenders invited through e-tendering process) to
all prospective bidders on the address intimated at the time of purchase of the
bid document from the purchaser and these amendments will be binding on
them.

6.3 In order to afford prospective bidders a reasonable time to take the


amendment into account in preparing their bids, the purchaser may, at its
discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids suitably.

7. DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BID

The bid prepared by bidder shall ensure availability of following components:-

(a) Documentary evidence establishing that the bidder is eligible to bid and
is qualified to perform the contract if its bid is accepted in accordance
with the clause 2 & 10.

(b) Bid Security furnished in accordance with clause 12.

(c) A Clause by Clause compliance as per clause 11.2 (c).

(d) Bid form, price schedule completed in accordance with clause 8 & 9.

8. BID FORM

8.1 The bidder shall complete the bid form and appropriate Price Schedule
furnished in the Bid Documents, indicating the goods to be supplied, brief
description of the goods, quantity and prices as per section- 9.

9. BID PRICES

9.1 The bidder shall give the total composite price inclusive of all Levies & Taxes
i.e. Sales Tax & Excise, packing, forwarding, freight and insurance in case of
material to be supplied and inclusive of all levies and taxes in case of waorks
to be executed etc but excluding Octroi/ Entry Tax which will be paid extra at
actual, wherever applicable. The basic unit price and all other components of
the price need to be individually indicated up to two decimal points only
against the goods it proposes to supply under the contract as per the price
schedule given in Section 9 Part B (I & II). Prices of incidental services should
also be quoted. The offer shall be firm in Indian Rupees. No Foreign
exchange will be made available by the purchaser.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 109 of 191

9.2 Prices indicated in the Price Schedule shall be entered in the following
manner:

(a) The Basic Unit price (Ex-Factory Price) of the goods/services, Excise
duty, Custom duty, Sales Tax, Freight, Forwarding, Packing, Insurance
and any other Levies/ Charges already paid or payable by the supplier
shall be quoted separately item wise.

(b) The bidder shall quote as per price schedule given in Section 9 Part II.

9.3 A bid submitted with an adjustable price quotation will be treated as non-
responsive and rejected.

9.4 The prices quoted by the bidder shall be in sufficient detail to enable the
Purchaser to arrive at the price of equipment/ system offered.

9.5 "DISCOUNT if any, offered by the bidders shall not be considered unless
specifically indicated in the price schedule. Bidders desiring to offer discount
shall therefore modify their offers suitably while quoting and shall quote clearly
net price taking all such factors like Discount, free supply, etc. into account".

9.6 The price approved by BSNL for procurement will be inclusive of levies and
taxes, packing, forwarding, freight and insurance as mentioned in clause 9.1
subject to other terms and condition as stipulated in clause 22.2 of Section 4
Part A. and clause 11 of Section 5 Part A of Bid-document. Unloading
charges at the consignee end shall be borne by the supplier and no separate
charges shall be paid for transportation to individual sites for installation.

9.7 The freight by sea for transportation of equipment/Stores from the nearest
port in the main land to Andaman & Nicobar Islands will be reimbursed to the
supplier at the concessional rates levied by Ministry of Water and Surface
Transport on production of proof.

10. Documents Establishing Bidders Eligibility & Qualification

10.1 The bidder shall furnish, as part of bid documents establishing the bidders
eligibility, the following documents or whichever is required as per terms and
conditions of Bid Document:-

(a) Additional documents to establish the eligibility and qualification of


bidder as specified in Section-I and Section-4 Part B.

(b) Power of Attorney as per Section 4 Part A Clause 14.3.

(c) Documentary proof of applicable rate of ED/ CD/ Sales Tax/ VAT/
Service Tax.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 110 of 191

(d) Undertaking duly signed by front bidder and its technology/ consortium
partner stating that both of them shall be liable for due performance of
contract jointly and severally as per Section 4 Part A Clause 12.6 (c).

(e) Certificates from all Directors of the bidder stating that none of their
near relatives are working in BSNL in accordance with Section 4 Part A
Clause 34.

(f) Certificate of Incorporation.

(g) Article or Memorandum of Association or partnership deed or


proprietorship deed/ joint endure deed as the case may be.

(h) List of all Directors including their name(s), Director Identification


Number(s) (DIN) and address (es) along with contact telephone
numbers of office and residence.

(i) Registration certificate from State Director of Industries or from


Secretariat for Industrial Approval (SIA), Ministry of Industries,
Government of India.

(j) Approval from Reserve Bank of India/SIA in case of foreign


collaboration.

10.2 Documentary evidence for financial and technical capability.

(a) The bidder shall furnish audited Annual Report and /or a certificate
from its bankers to assess its solvency/financial capability.

(b) The bidder shall furnish documentary evidence about technical and
production capability necessary to perform the contract.

10.3 In order to enable the Purchaser to access the proven-ness of the system
offered, the bidder shall provide documentary evidence regarding the system
being offered by him.

10.4 A signed undertaking from Authorized Signatory of the bidder that shall certify
that all the components/parts/assembly/software used in the Desktops and
Servers like Hard Disk, Monitors, memory etc. shall be original, new
components/parts/assembly/software and that no refurbished/duplicate/
second hand components/ parts/ assembly/software are being used or shall
be used.

10.5 For supply of any software i.e. operating system or any applications software
the bidder should have a Certificate of Authenticity (CoA), signed by
Authorized Signatory stating that all Software supplied are authentic and legal
copy is/are being supplied.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 111 of 191

10.6 Documentary evidence/ Declaration to the effect that the type of software to
be utilized in the system/ equipment i.e. Packaged/ Canned OR Customized
shall be furnished by the bidder. In case of Packaged/ Canned, the portion of
value which represents consideration paid or payable for transfer of right to
use such goods subject to provisions laid down in Central Excise/Custom
Notifications.

11. Documents Establishing Goods Conformity to Bid Documents

11.1 Pursuant to clause 7, the bidder shall furnish, as part of his bid, documents
establishing the conformity of his bid to the Bid Documents of all goods/work
and services which he proposes to supply under the contract.

11.2 The documentary evidences of the goods/work and services conformity to


the Bid Documents, may be, in the form of literature, drawings, data etc. and
the bidder shall furnish:

(a) A detailed description of goods/work with essential technical and


performance characteristics;

(b) A list, giving full particulars including available sources and current
prices of all spare parts, special tools, etc., necessary for the proper
and continuous functioning of the goods/work for a period of three
years following commissioning of goods/work by the purchaser, and

(c) A clause-by-clause compliance on the purchasers Technical


Specifications and Commercial Conditions demonstrating substantial
responsiveness to the Technical Specifications and Commercial
Conditions. In case of deviations, a statement of the deviations and
exception to the provision of the Technical Specifications and
Commercial Conditions shall be given by the bidder. A bid without
clause-by-clause compliance of the Technical Specifications (Section 3
Part B), Commercial Conditions and Special Conditions (Section 5)
shall not be considered.

11.3 For the purpose of compliance to be furnished pursuant to the clause 11.2 (c)
above, the bidder shall note that the standards for the workmanship, material
and equipment and reference to the brand names or catalogue number,
designated by the Purchaser in its Technical specifications are intended to be
descriptive only and not restrictive.

12. Bid Security/EMD

12.1 The bidder shall furnish, as part of its bid, a bid security as mentioned in
Section 1 (DNIT).

12.2 The bid security is required to protect the purchaser against the risk of
bidders conduct, which would warrant the forfeiture of bid security pursuant to
para 12.6.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 112 of 191

12.3 A bid not secured in accordance with Para 12.1 & 12.2 shall be rejected by
the Purchaser being non-responsive at the bid opening stage and archived
unopened on e-tender portal for e-tenders.

12.4 Bid security of unsuccessful bidder will be discharged/returned as promptly as


possible and within 30 days of finalisation of the tender or expiry of the period
of the bid validity prescribed by the purchaser pursuant to clause 13.

12.5 The successful bidders bid security will be discharged upon the bidders
acceptance of the advance purchase order satisfactorily in accordance with
clause 27 and furnishing the performance security.

12.6 The bid security may be forfeited:

(a) If the bidder withdraws or amends its bid or impairs or derogates from
the bid in any respect during the period of bid validity specified by the
bidder in the bid form or extended subsequently; or

(b) In the case of successful bidder, if the bidder fails to sign the contract
in accordance with clause 28;

(c) The front bidder shall submit an irrevocable undertaking in non-judicial


stamp paper of appropriate value duly signed by it and its technology/
consortium partner stating that both of them i.e. the front bidder and its
technology/ consortium partner shall be liable for due performance of
the contract jointly and severally, failing which both of them shall be
liable to be barred from participating in future tenders/EOIs/ RFPs of
BSNL for a period of two years.

13. Period of Validity of Bids

13.1 Bid shall remain valid for period specified in Section 2, clause 2. A bid valid
for shorter period shall be rejected being non-responsive.

13.2 In exceptional circumstances, the purchaser may request the consent of the
bidder for an extension to the period of bid validity. The request and the
response thereto shall be made in writing. The bid security provided under
clause 12 shall also be suitably extended. The bidder may refuse the request
without forfeiting his bid security. A bidder accepting the request and granting
extension will not be permitted to modify his bid.

14. Format and Signing of Bid

14.1 The bidder shall submit his bid, online complying all eligibility conditions, other
terms and conditions of tender document to be read along with clarifications
and amendments issued in this respect. All documents must be authenticated,
using Digital Signature by authorized person. The letter of authorization shall
be indicated by written power-of-attorney accompanying bid.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 113 of 191

14.2 The bid shall contain no interlineations, erasures or overwriting except as


necessary to correct errors made by the bidder in which case such corrections
shall be signed by the person or persons signing the bid. All pages of the
original bid, except for un-amended printed literatures, shall be digitally signed
by the person or persons signing the bid.

14.3 Power of Attorney

(a) The Power of Attorney (POA) should be submitted and executed on the
non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value as prevailing in the
respective states(s) and the same be attested by a Notary public or
registered before Sub-Registrar of the states(s) concerned.

(b) The Power of Attorney be executed by a person who has been


authorized by the Board of Directors of the bidder in this regard, on
behalf of the Company/Institution/Body Corporate.

(c) In case of the bidder being a firm, the said Power of Attorney should be
executed by all the partner(s) in favour of the said Attorney.

(d) Attestation of the specimen signatures of such authorized signatory of


the bid by the Companys/ firms bankers shall be furnished. Name,
designation, Phone number, mobile number, email address and postal
address of the authorized signatory shall be provided.

15. Sealing and Marking of Bids

15.1 The bids should be submitted as per Section 2 Clause 3 of tender information.

15.2 This bid would be in Single stage bidding & two envelope system, the bidder
shall submit his bid in two envelopes;

The First Envelope will be named Techno-Commercial bid. This envelope will
contain documents of bidders satisfying the eligibility/Technical & Commercial
conditions as per clause 2 & 10 with bid security as per clause 12.

Second Envelope will be named Financial bid containing Price Schedules as


per Section 9 Part B (I&II).

The cover of first envelope shall contain the Original Copy of the Techno-
commercial bid, subject to clause 14.2, duly marked 'TECHNO-
COMMERCIAL BID'. The cover of second envelope shall contain the Original
Copy of the financial bid, subject to clause 14.2, duly marked ' FINANCIAL
BID '.

Both the envelopes should be sealed separately and further kept in a single
main envelope under the personal seal of the bidder.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 114 of 191

15.3 Venue of Tender Opening: As Specified in Section I Clause 8 of DNIT.

16. Submission of Bids

16.1 Bids must be submitted online by the bidders on or before the specified date
& time indicated in Section 1 Clause 7 of DNIT.

16.2 The Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend this deadline for the submission
of bids by amending the Bid Documents in accordance with clause 6 in which
case all rights and obligations of the purchaser and bidders previously subject
to the deadline will thereafter be subjected to the deadline as extended.

16.3 The bidder shall submit the bid offer against a set of bid documents
purchased for all or some of the systems/equipment as per requirement of the
Bid Documents. The bidder should submit only one independent and
complete offer shall be permitted from the bidder.

17. Late Bids

17.1 No bid shall be accepted online by the E-Tender Portal after the specified
deadline for submission of bids prescribed by the purchaser.

18. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids

18.1 The bidder may modify, revise or withdraw his bid after submission prior to
deadline prescribed for submission of bid.

18.2 The bidders modification, revision or withdrawal shall have to be online and
digitally authenticated as per clause 15.

18.3 Subject to clause 20, no bid shall be modified subsequent to the deadline for
submission of bids.

19. Opening of Bids by Purchaser

19.1 The purchaser shall open bids online in the presence of bidders or their
authorized representatives who chose to attend, at time specified in Section 1
- Clause 8 on due date. The bidders representatives, who are present, shall
sign in an attendance register. Authority letter to this effect shall be submitted
by the bidders before they are allowed to participate in bid opening (A Format
is given in Section 7 Part C).

19.2 A maximum of two representatives of any bidder shall be authorized and


permitted to attend the bid opening.

19.3 Name of envelopes to be opened & information to be read out by Bid


Opening Committee.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 115 of 191

(i) The bids will be opened in 2 stages i.e. the techno-commercial bid shall
be opened on the date of tender opening given in NIT. The financial bid
will not be opened on the Date of opening of techno commercial bids in
this case & sealed financial bids will be handed over to DGM (MMT),
BSNL, CO./Other section in BSNL, CO./ MM cell in circle/ SSA offices
(as applicable) for retention.

Thereafter the CET will evaluate Techno-commercial bids & the report
of CET will be approved by competent authority.

The financial bids of those bidders who are approved to be techno-


commercially compliant by the competent authority, will be opened by
TOC in front of techno commercially eligible bidders/authorized
representatives by sending them a suitable notice.

(ii) The following information should be read out at the time of Techno-
commercial bid opening:-

(a) Name of the Bidder.


(b) Name of the item.
(c) EMD amount & validity and acceptability
(d) Information in respect of eligibility of the bidder.
(e) Details of bid modification/ withdrawal, if applicable.

(iii) The following information should be read out at the time of Financial
bid opening:-

(a) Name of the Bidder


(b) Name of the item
(c) Quantities/prices quoted in the bid
(d) Discount, if offered
(e) Taxes & levies

19.4 The date fixed for opening of bids, if subsequently declared as holiday by the
BSNL, the revised date of schedule will be notified. However, in absence of
such notification, the bids will be opened on next working day, time and venue
remaining unaltered.

20. Clarification of Bids


20.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of bids, the
purchaser may, at its discretion ask the bidder for the clarification of its bid.
The request for the clarification and the response shall be in writing. However,
no post bid clarification at the initiative of the bidder shall be entertained.

20.2 If any of the documents, required to be submitted along with the technical bid
is found wanting, the offer is liable to be rejected at that stage. However the
purchaser at its discretion may call for any clarification regarding the bid
document within a stipulated time period. In case of non-compliance to such
queries, the bid will be out rightly rejected without entertaining further
correspondence in this regard.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 116 of 191

21. Preliminary Evaluation


21.1 Purchaser shall evaluate the bids to determine whether they are complete,
whether any computational errors have been made, whether required sureties
have been furnished, whether the documents have been properly signed and
whether the bids are generally in order.
21.2 Arithmetical errors shall be rectified on the following basis. Based on the
quoted percentage of duties and taxes, Freight etc. the amounts quoted
thereof shall be worked out and rounded off to 2 decimal points. In case the
unit price quoted in column 12 does not tally with its breakup quoted in col. 4,
6, 8, 10 & 11, the same shall be corrected by summing up the breakups. If
there is a discrepancy between the unit price and total price that is obtained
by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail and the
total price shall be corrected by the purchaser.

21.3 If there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words
shall prevail. If the supplier does not accept the correction of the errors, its bid
shall be rejected.

21.4 Prior to the detailed evaluation pursuant to clause 22, the Purchaser will
determine the substantial responsiveness of each bid to the Bid Document.
For purposes of these clauses, a substantially responsive bid is one which
confirms to all the terms and conditions of the Bid Documents without material
deviations. The purchasers determination of bids responsiveness shall be
based on the contents of the bid itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence.

21.5 A bid, determined as substantially non-responsive will be rejected by the


purchaser and shall not subsequent to the bid opening be made responsive
by the bidder by correction of the non-conformity.

21.6 The Purchaser may waive any minor infirmity or non-conformity or irregularity
in a bid which doesnt constitute a material deviation, provided such waiver
doesnt prejudice or effect the relative ranking of any bidder.

22. Evaluation and Comparison of Substantially Responsive Bids

22.1 The Purchaser shall evaluate in detail and compare the bids previously
determined to be substantially responsive pursuant to clause 21.

22.2 The evaluation and comparison of responsive bids shall be done on the basis
of Net cost to BSNL on the prices of the goods/work offered inclusive of Duties
and taxes (but excluding CENVAT-able Duties & Taxes, Sales Tax, Packing,
Forwarding, Freight and Insurance charges etc. as indicated in Col. 17 of the
price schedule in the Sec.VII part II of the Bid-document. As stipulated in
clause 9.1, Octroi/Entry Taxes are not to be included in the composite price
and hence the same will not be considered for the purpose of evaluation and
comparison of responsive bids. However, Octroi/Entry Taxes will be paid extra
as per actual wherever applicable on production of proof of payment/relevant
invoices/documents.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 117 of 191

(a) Duties & Taxes for which the firm has to furnish Cenvatable
Challans/Invoices will be indicated separately in the PO/APO.

(b) Vendors should furnish the correct E.D./Customs tariff Head in the
price Schedule. If the credit for the Duties and Taxes under CENVAT
Credit Rules, 2004 is found to be not admissible at any stage
subsequently owing to wrong furnishing of Tariff Head, then the
vendors will be liable to refund such non-admissible amount, if already
paid, along with penalty if charged by the concerned authority.

(c) In case the Duties & Taxes which are non CENVAT-able as per the
quotes indicated in the price schedule by the vendors and
subsequently at any stage it is found that Credit for such Duties &
Taxes is admissible as per CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004, then the
vendors will be liable to refund the amount equivalent to such Duties &
Taxes if already paid to them. However, the purchaser may allow the
bidder to submit necessary documents in this regard which may enable
the purchaser to avail the CENVAT credit provided such credit is still
available for the amount so paid as per CENVAT Credit Rules 2004.

(d) The purchaser reserves the right to ask the bidders to submit
documentary proof confirming the correct Tariff Head from the
E.D./Customs authority where the Tariff Head furnished against the
particular tendered item by different bidders differs from each other or
the same is found apparently not furnished in accordance with
E.D./Customs Tariff notifications.

(e) If the bidder fails to furnish necessary supporting documents i.e.


Excise/Customs invoices etc. in respect of the Duties/taxes the amount
pertaining to such Duties/Taxes will be deducted from the payment due
to the firm.

23. Contacting the Purchaser

23.1 Subject to Clause 20, no bidder shall try to influence the Purchaser on any
matter relating to its bid, from the time of the bid opening till the time the
contract is awarded.

23.2 Any effort by a bidder to modify his bid or influence the purchaser in the
purchasers bid evaluation, bid comparison or contract award decision shall
result in the rejection of the bid.

24. Placement of Order

24.1 The Purchaser shall consider placement of orders for commercial supplies
only on those eligible bidders whose offers have been found technically,
commercially and financially acceptable and whose goods/work have been
type approved/validated by the purchaser. The Purchaser reserves the right to
counter offer price(s) against price(s) quoted by any bidder.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 118 of 191

24.2 The ordering price shall not exceed the lowest evaluated package price.

24.3 The purchaser reserves the right for the placement of order of entire tendered
quantity on the bidder with the lowest evaluated price.

25. PURCHASERS RIGHT TO VARY QUANTITIES

(a) BSNL will have the right to increase or decrease up to 25% of the
quantity of goods and services specified in the schedule of
requirements without any change in the unit price or other terms and
conditions at the time of award of contract. Additionally, if required a
complete or partial line item could also be deleted by BSNL at the time
of placement of PO.

(b) BSNL also reserves the right of placement of additional order or up to


50% of the additional quantities of goods and services contained in the
running tender/contract can be ordered within a period of twelve
months from the earliest date of acceptance of APO at the same rate
or a rate negotiated (downwardly) with the existing venders considering
the reasonability of rates based on prevailing market conditions and the
impact of reduction in duties and taxes etc. and supplies to be obtained
within delivery period scheduled a fresh.

(c) In exceptional situation where the requirement is of an emergent nature


and it is necessary to ensure continued supplies from the existing
venders, the purchaser reserves the right to place repeat order up to
100% of the quantities of goods and services contained in the running
tender /contract within a period of twelve months from the date of
acceptance of first APO in the tender at the same rate or a rate
negotiated (downwardly) with the existing venders considering the
reasonability of rates based on prevailing market conditions and the
impact of reduction in duties and taxes etc. Exceptional situation and
emergent nature should be spelt out clearly detailing the justification as
well as benefits accrued out of it and loss incurred in case this
provision is not invoked and approved by the authority competent to
accord administrative and financial approval for the procurement
calculated on the basis of total procurement i.e. initial and proposed
add-on quantity.

(d) BSNL Board will have full power to accord administrative approval and
financial concurrence to procure any equipment/material in any
quantity by any means in exigencies of services and interest of BSNL.

26. Purchasers Right to Accept any Bid and to Reject any or All Bids

The Purchaser reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul the
bidding process and reject all bids, at any time prior to award of contract
without assigning any reason whatsoever and without thereby incurring any
liability to the affected bidder or bidders on the grounds of purchasers action.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 119 of 191

27. Issue of Advance Purchase Order

27.1 The issue of an Advance Purchase Order shall constitute the intention of the
Purchaser to enter into contract with the bidder.

27.2 The bidder shall within 14 days of issue of the advance purchase order, give
his acceptance along with performance guarantee in conformity with the
proforma provided with the bid document at Section 7 Part B.

28. Signing of Contract

28.1 The issue of Purchase order shall constitute award of contract on the bidder.

28.2 Upon the successful bidder furnishing performance security pursuant to


clause 27, the Purchaser shall discharge bid security in pursuant to clause 12
above except in case of L-1 bidder, whose EMBG/ EMD shall be released
only after finalization of ordering of complete tendered quantity.

29. Annulment of Award

Failure of the successful bidder to comply with the requirement of clause 27 &
28 shall constitute sufficient ground for the annulment of the award and the
forfeiture of the bid security in which event the Purchaser may make the
award to any other bidder at the discretion of purchaser or call for new bids.

30. Quality Assurance Requirements

The bidder shall have Quality Management System supported and evidenced
by the following:-

(a) A Quality Policy.

(b) A management representative with authority and responsibility for


fulfilling QA requirements and for interfacing with purchaser in the
matters of Quality.

(c) System of Inward Good Inspection.

(d) Procedure for controlling design/production engineering, materials,


choice of components/vendors, manufacturing and packaging process
for supplying quality products.

(e) System to calibrate and maintain required measuring and test


equipment.

(f) System for tracing the cause for non-conformance (traceability) and
segregating product which dont conform to specifications.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 120 of 191

(g) Configuration management and change-control mechanism.

(h) A quality plan for the product.

(i) Periodical internal quality audits.

(j) A Quality Manual detailing the above or infrastructure assessment


certificate and Type Approval Certificate (TAC)/Technical
Specifications Evaluation Certificate (TSEC) issued by QA Circle shall
be furnished.

31. Rejection of Bids.

31.1 While all the conditions specified in the Bid documents are critical and are to
be complied, special attention of bidder is invited to the following clauses of
the bid documents. Non-compliance of any one of which shall result in outright
rejection of the bid.

(a) Clauses 12.1, 12.3 & 13.1 of Section-4 Part A: The bids will be
rejected at opening stage if Bid security is not submitted as per
Clauses 12.1 & 12.2 and bid validity is less than the period prescribed
in Clause 13.1 mentioned above.

(b) Clause 2 & 10 of Section-4 Part A: If the eligibility condition as per


clause 2 of Section-4 Part A is not met and/or documents prescribed to
establish the eligibility as per Clause 10 of Section-4 Part A are not
enclosed, the bids will be rejected without further evaluation.

(c) Clause 11.2 (c) of Section-4 Part A: If clause-by-clause compliance


and deviation statements as prescribed are not given, the bid will be
rejected at the stage of primary evaluation.

(d) While giving compliance to Section-5 Part A, General Commercial


conditions, Section-4 Part B, Special Instructions to Bidders, Section-
5B Special (Commercial) Conditions of Contract and Section-3
Technical Specifications ambiguous words like "Noted", "Understood",
Noted & Understood" shall not be accepted as complied. Mere
"Complied" will also be not sufficient, reference to the enclosed
documents showing compliances must be given.

(e) Section-9 Price Schedule: Prices are not filled in as prescribed in


price schedule.

(f) Section-4 Part A clause 9.5 on discount which is reproduced below:-

"Discount, if any, offered by the bidder shall not be considered unless


specifically indicated in the price schedule. Bidders desiring to offer
discount shall therefore modify their offer suitably while quoting and
shall quote clearly net price taking all such factors like Discount, free
supply etc. into account".

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 121 of 191

31.2 Before outright rejection of the Bid by Bid-opening team for non-compliance of
any of the provisions mentioned in Section 4 Part A Clause 31.1 (a), (b), the
bidder company is given opportunity to explain their position, however if the
person representing the company is not satisfied with the decision of the Bid
opening team, he/they can submit the representation to Bid opening team
immediately but in no case after closing of tender process with full justification
quoting specifically violation of tender condition if any.

31.3 Bid opening team will not return the bids submitted by the bidders on the date
of tender opening even if it is liable for rejection and will preserve the bids in
sealed cover as submitted by taking the signatures of some of the desirous
representatives of the participating bidder/companies present on the
occasion.

31.4 The in-charge of Bid opening team will mention the number of bids with the
name of the company found unsuitable for further processing on the date of
tender opening and number of representations received in Bid opening
Minutes and if Bid opening team is satisfied with the argument of the
bidder/company mentioned in their representation and feel that there is
prima- facie fact for consideration, the in-charge of the bid opening team will
submit the case for review to Officer competent to approve the tender as
early as possible preferably on next working day and decision to this effect
should be communicated to the bidder company within a week positively.
Bids found liable for rejection and kept preserved on the date of tender
opening will be returned to the bidders after issue of P.O. against the instant
tender.

31.5 If the reviewing officer finds it fit to open the bid of the petitioner, this should
be done by giving three (working) days notice to all the participating bidders
to give opportunity to desirous participants to be present on the occasion.

32. Purchasers right of disqualify

Purchaser reserves the right to disqualify the supplier for a suitable period
(not less than one year & not more than 2 years) who habitually failed to
supply the equipment in time. Further, the suppliers whose equipment does
not perform satisfactory in the field in accordance with the specifications may
also be disqualified for a suitable period (not less than one year & not more
than 2 years) as decided by the purchaser.

33. Purchasers Right to Ban Business Dealings

Purchaser reserves the right to bar the bidder from participating in future
tenders/EOIs/ RFPs of BSNL for a period of two years in case he fails to
honour its bid without sufficient grounds.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 122 of 191

34. Near-Relationship Certificate

34.1 The bidder should give a certificate that none of his/ her near relative, as
defined below, is working in the units where he is going to apply for the
tender. In case of proprietorship firm certificate will be given by the proprietor.
For partnership firm certificate will be given by all the partners and in case of
limited company by all the Directors of the company excluding Government of
India/ Financial institution nominees and independent non-Official part time
Directors appointed by Govt. of India or the Governor of the state and full time
Directors of PSUs both state and central. Due to any breach of these
conditions by the company or firm or any other person the tender will be
cancelled and Bid Security will be forfeited at any stage whenever it is noticed
and BSNL will not pay any damage to the company or firm or the concerned
person.

34.2 The company or firm or the person will also be debarred for further
participation in the concerned unit.

34.3 The near relatives for this purpose are defined as:-

(a) Members of a Hindu undivided family.

(b) They are husband and wife.

(c) The one is related to the other in the manner as father, mother, son(s)
& Sons wife (daughter in law), Daughter(s) and daughters husband
(son in law), brother(s) and brothers wife, sister(s) and sisters
husband (brother in law).

34.4 The format of the certificate is given in Section 6 (B).

35. VERIFICATION OF THE DOCUMENTS AND CERTIFICATES

The bidder will verify the genuineness and correctness of all documents and
certificates, including experience/performance certificates, issued either by
the bidder or any other firm/associate before submitting them in the bid. The
onus of proving genuineness of submitted documents would rest with bidder.

As per requirement of the tenders conditions, if any document/paper/


certificate submitted by the participant bidder is found to be false/fabricated
/tempered/manipulated at any stage during bid evaluation or award of
contract, then the bid security (EMBG) of the bidder would be forfeited and the
bidder would be disqualified from the tender. Action would also be taken for
banning of business dealing with the defaulting firm. In case contract has
already awarded to the bidder, then PBG would be forfeited and the contract
would be rescind/annulled and BSNL would be at liberty to procure the
ordered goods and services from any other source at the risk and cost of the
defaulting bidder. Action would also be taken for banning business dealing
with the defaulting firm.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 123 of 191

36. Security Clause as per latest guidelines and requirement

Mandatory Licensing requirements with regards to security related concerns


issued by the Government of India from time-to-time shall be strictly followed
and appropriate clauses shall be added in all bid documents. Necessary
guidelines in this regard shall be issued separately.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 124 of 191

SECTION-4 Part B

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

The Special Instructions to Bidders shall supplement the 'Instructions to Bidders' and
in case of any conflict with those in Section-4 Part A i.e. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
TO BIDDERS (GIB), the provisions herein shall prevail.

1. General Conditions

2. Important Aspects during Bid Preparation.

2.1 An index file shall be prepared by the bidder and uploaded along with the bid.
The index file should give the subject matter and clearly indicate the location
and file name of the supporting document.

2.2 Bidders are required to offer only one option in terms of Make/Model as part
of the Technical Bid; Bids offering multiple options will be rejected.

2.3 Disproportionate pricing for supply and services component of the tender as
per prevalent industry norms shall render the bid to be rejected at the
discretion of the Purchaser.

2.4 The bidder must comply with all tender and Technical Specifications/GRs
conditions. Clause by Clause compliance for the tender document shall be
submitted by the bidder along with the No Deviation Certificate.

2.5 In case the bid is not submitted in the manner prescribed in the above
clauses, the bid shall be rejected.

3. Selection Process.

3.1 The purchaser intends to limit the number of bidders selected for ordering
against this tender to only one eligible bidder. The bidders for placement of
order will be shortlisted after they meet the eligibility criteria. The bidders for
placement of order will be selected from the list of the technically and
commercially responsive bidders arranged in increasing order of their
evaluated prices starting from the lowest evaluated price. The lowest
evaluated prices will be worked out on the basis of total project cost
comparison comprising of cost of each line item as per attached Bill of
Materials (BoM) given in Section 3 Part C.

3.2 The tender will be evaluated by Committee for Evaluation of Tender (CET)
which will comprise of representatives of BSNL and Indian Navy. The CET will
adopt Two Stage Processes to select the successful bidders who can
execute this project on turnkey basis as per clause 3.3 and 3.4 below.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 125 of 191

3.3 Stage I.

(a) This stage involves inviting technical and financial bids through
tendering process and short-listing techno-commercially responsive
and compliant Bidders who fulfil the eligibility and special conditions as
per requirements set against the project as defined in the tender
document.

(b) The loading, if any, to be done as per the tender conditions in the
financial bid shall be determined in this stage using the unpriced Bill of
Material and the technical bid submitted by the bidder. Necessary
documents in form of manufacturing/ reputed third party lab reports to
substantiate the compliance status of offered products/ systems with
respect to technical specifications and tests mentioned in the tender
documents will be submitted by the bidders as part of their technical
documentation along with the bid. These documents will be one of the
important technical evaluation criteria for this tender. The loading shall
be done on the financial bid to be opened in the Stage-II.

(c) Techno-commercial evaluation will be done based on documentary


proof of compliance to the tender requirements. The Committee for
Evaluation of Tender (CET) shall assess conformance of all sub
systems to meet the specifications given in the tender. The Committee
for Evaluation of Tender may, at its discretion, call for a demonstration
of specific equipment(s) to ascertain adherence to the specifications of
the tender. Such demonstrations shall be carried out by the bidder at a
location to be specified by the purchaser, on No Cost No Commitment
basis.

3.4 Stage II.

(a) The financial bids of technically and commercially responsive and


compliant bidders shall be opened and evaluated with the loading
determined in the stage-I, for determination of the rankings of the
various bidders. The lowest evaluated bidder shall be designated as
L-1 for the purpose of ordering. Warranty charges for three years will
be included in the basic cost of project. The supplier shall also quote
for a year wise comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract for seven
years. The cost of Annual Maintenance Contract will be added to the
basic cost of project for the purpose of financial evaluation. The
evaluation will be done based on tender cost inclusive of cost of all
items materials, spares as well as services (inclusive Annual
Maintenance Contract charges). The evaluation will be done on the
total cost of all items mentioned in the Price Schedule.

(b) L1 bidder shall be awarded the contract.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 126 of 191

4. Implementation.

4.1 All equipment/software being procured as part of this tender along with
associated accessories shall be installed at the requisite sites and
commissioned by the bidder through OEM certified engineers. Proposed
implementation schedule of the project is given at Section 2 Clause 5. The
life cycle from evaluation to commissioning & maintenance of the network is
envisaged in the following phases.

4.2 Design & Validation Phase. The first four months after award of contract
shall be the design and validation phase. In the event that the bidder
completes the mandated activities as part of this phase prior to completion of
the stipulated period, then the next phase can commence immediately. During
this phase of the project, the bidder will be required to complete the activities
described in the clauses below.

(a) The bidder will submit a detailed project implementation/ management


plan containing design data, work method, schedules, project
organization chart, safety, quality and manufacturing plan to
BSNL/Indian Navy for review and approval. This activity should be
completed within one month of start of Contract.

(b) The bidder shall carry out site survey and ascertain site preparation
and connectivity requirements for rollout of the project. Thereafter the
detailed network design would be prepared by the bidder in
consultation with the Purchaser.

(c) The bidder should understand the existing network architecture of the
Indian Navy through detailed discussions. Thereafter the bidder is to
prepare High Level Design (HLD) and thereafter prepare detailed
network design to include Low Level Design (LLD) within the scope of
the tender.

(d) A transition plan should all be prepared by the bidder post study of
existing network architecture and services, so that seamless migration
of voice and data services can be provided to the end user without
adversely affecting the working environment.

(e) A detailed site wise BoM shall be generated based on the approved
LLD. In case of unavoidable variations in the requirement of
hardware/software as compared to the contracted SoR, bidder shall
deliver the necessary items and be paid on actuals. Purchaser
reserves the right to accept/decline the said variation(s).

(f) The bidder shall submit detailed Implementation Plan along with
timelines for Supply & Delivery Schedule of equipment and rollout of
the network, in consonance with the high level implementation
schedule given at Section 2 Clause 5 of this tender.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 127 of 191

(g) Upon completion of the Design & Validation phase the Bidder would
have completed all design activities and will be prepared to rollout the
network as part of the Implementation Phase.

4.3 Implementation Phase. The Bidder will be permitted to commence


implementation only after completion of the activities mandated in the design
& validation phase.

4.4 Warranty & Maintenance Phase.

(a) Engineering and technical assistance shall be provided by the


Implementation Agency during execution of project as well as for the
three year warranty period after commissioning. Post Warranty
Maintenance shall be provided through Annual Maintenance Contracts
to be undertaken by Indian Navy.

(b) The technical assistance shall include resident engineers for all
systems provided as part of this project. The maintenance eco-system
should support the SLAs defined to ensure the defined uptime of the
network. The details of the services to be provided by the bidder during
warranty and AMC period are given Section V Part C.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 128 of 191

Section 4 Part C

E-Tendering Instructions to Bidders

General

The Special Instructions (for E-Tendering) supplement Instruction to Bidders, as


given in these Tender Documents.
Submission of Bids only through online process is mandatory for this Tender.
For conducting electronic tendering, BSNL HQ is using the portal
(https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com) of M/s TCIL, a Government of India
undertaking.

1. Tender Bidding Methodology

Sealed Bid System - Single Stage Bidding using Two Envelopes.

2. Broad outline of activities from Bidders prospective

2.1 Procure a Digital Signing Certificate (DSC).

2.2 Register on Electronic Tendering System (ETS).

2.3 Create Users and assign roles on ETS.

2.4 View Notice inviting Tender (NIT) on ETS.

2.5 Download Official Copy of Tender Documents from ETS.

2.6 Clarification to Tender Documents on ETS.

(a) Query to BSNL (Optional).

(b) View response to queries posted by BSNL, as addenda.

2.7 Bid-Submission on ETS.

2.8 Attend Public Online Tender Opening Event (TOE) on ETS for Opening of
Techno-Commercial Part.

2.9 View Post-TOE Clarification posted by BSNL on ETS (Optional) to Respond


to BSNLs Post-TOE queries.

2.10 Attend Public Online Tender Opening Event (TOE) on ETS Opening of
Financial-Part (Only for Technical Responsive Bidders)

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 129 of 191

3. Digital Certificates.

For integrity of data and its authenticity/non-repudiation of electronic records,


and be compliant with IT Act 2000, it is necessary for each user to have a
Digital Certificate (DC). Also referred to as Digital Signature Certificate (DSC),
of Class 2 or above, issued by a Certificate Authority (CA) licensed by
Controller of Certifying Authorities (CCA) [refer http://www.cca.gov.in].
4. Registration.

To use the Electronic Tender portal


(https;//www.tcil-india-electronictender.com), bidder needs to register on
portal. Registration of each organisation is to be done by one of its senior
persons who will be the main person coordination for the e-tendering
activities. In ETS terminology, this person will be referred to as the Super
User (SU) of that organization. For further details, please visit the
website/portal, and click on Supplier Organization link under Registration
(on the Home Page), and follow further instructions as given on the site.

Pay Annual Registration Fee as applicable.

Note. After successful submission of Registration details and Annual


Registration Fee (as applicable). Please contact TCIL/ETS Helpdesk
(as given below), to get your registration accepted/activated.

TCIL Helpdesk/ETS Helpdesk


Telephone 011-26241071/26241072
Mobile Nos. 9868393717/9868393775
E-mail ID ets_support@tcil-india.com
[Please mark CC: support@electrocictender.com]
BSNL Contact-1
BSNLs Mr. Sanjay Vatsa, Dy. Mgr.(MMY)
Contact
Person
Telephone/ 011-23717844
Mobile [between 9:30 hrs to 18:00 hrs on working day]
E-mail ID srvatsabsnl@gmail.com
BSNL Contact-2
BSNLs Mr. A. K. Verma, AGM(MMY)
Contact
Person
Telephone/ 011-23037172
Mobile [Between 9:30 hrs to 18:00 hrs on working days]
E-mail ID akverma@bsnl.co.in

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 130 of 191

5. Bid related Information for this Tender (Sealed Bid).


The entire bid-submission would be online on ETS.
Board outline of submissions are as follows:-

(a) Submission of Bid Security/Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)

(b) Submission of dignity signed copy of Tender Documents/addenda.


(c) Two Envelopes.
(i) Techno Commercial Bid.
(ii) Financial Bid.

6. Special Note on Security of Bids. Security related functionality has been


rigorously implemented in ETS in a multi-dimensional manner. Starting with
Acceptance of Registration by the Service Provider, provision for security
has been made at various stages in Electronic Tenders software. Specifically
for Bid Submission, some security related aspects are outlined below:-
(a) As part of the Electronic EncrypterTM functionality, the contents of both
the Electronic Forms, and the Main-Bid are securely encrypted using
a Pass-Phrase created can be a multi-word sentence with spaces
between words (eg. I love this World). A Pass-Phrase is easier to
remember, and more difficult to break. It is recommended that a
separate Pass-Phrase be created for each Bid-Part. This method of
bid-encryption does not have the security and data-integrity related
vulnerabilities which are inherent in e-tendering systems which use
Public-key of the specified officer of a Buyer organization of bid-
encryption in ETS is such that the Bids cannot be decrypted before the
Public Online Tender Opening Event (TOE), even if there is
connivance between the concerned tender-opening officers of the
Buyers organization and the personnel of e-tendering service provider.

(b) Typically, Pass-Phrase of the Bid-Part to be opened during a


particular Public Online Tender Opening Event (TOE) is furnished
online by each bidder during the TOE itself, when demanded by the
concerned Tender Opening Officer.

(c) There is an additional protection with SSL Encryption during transit


from the client-end computer of a Supplier organization to the e-
tendering server/portal.

(d) It is important for the bidder to keep a safe record of his pass phrases
for decrypting his bid parts. In case the bidder is unable to provide the
correct pass phrase during TOE, it will not be possible to open his
online bid and his bid will be rejected (i.e. archived unopened). Before
rejection in such a situation, the bidder will be given opportunity to
himself enter the pass phrase from his own office or from BSNLs
office, if his representative is physically present there.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 131 of 191

7. Public Online Tender Opening Event (TOE)

(a) ETS offers a unique facility for Public Online Tender Opening Event
(TOE). Tender Opening Officers as well as authorized representatives
of bidders can attend the Public Online Tender Opening Event (TOE)
from the comfort of their offices. For this purpose, representatives of
bidders (i.e. Supplier organization) duly authorized are requested to
carry a laptop and Wireless Connectivity to Internet.

(b) Every legal requirement for a transparent and secure Public Online
Tender Opening Event (TOE) has been implemented on ETS.

(c) As soon as a Bid is decrypted with the corresponding Pass-Phrase as


submitted online by the bidder himself (during the TOE itself), salient
points of the Bids are simultaneously made available for downloading
by all participating bidders. The tedium of taking notes during a manual
Tender Opening Event is therefore replaced with this superior and
convenient form of Public Online Tender Opening Event (TOE).

(d) ETS has a unique facility of Online Comparison Chart which is


dynamically updated as each online bid is opened. The format of the
chart is based on inputs provided by the Buyer for each Tender. The
information in the Comparison Chart is based on the data submitted by
the Bidders in electronic forms. A detailed Technical and/ or Financial
Comparison Chart enhances transparency. Detailed instructions are
given on relevant screens.

(e) ETS has a unique facility of a detailed report titled Minutes of Online
Tender Opening Event (TOE) covering all important activities of
Online Tender Opening Event (TOE). This is available to all
participating bidders for Viewing/Downloading.

(f) There are many more facilities and features on ETS. For a particular
tender, the screens viewed by a Supplier will depend upon the options
selected by the concerned Buyers.

(g) In case of internet related problem at bidders end, especially during


critical events such as a short period before bid submission deadline,
during online public TOE, it is the bidders responsibility to have backup
internet connections. In case there is a problem at the e-procurement
service providers end (in the server, leased line etc) due to which all
the bidders face a problem during critical events and this is brought to
the notice of BSNL by the bidders in time, then BSNL will promptly
reschedule the affected events.
8. Other Instructions

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 132 of 191

(a) For further instructions, the vendor should visit the home-page of the
portal (https://www.tcil-india-electronictender.com), and go to the User-
Guidance Center.
(b) The help information provided through ETS User-Guidance Center is
available in three categories Users intending to Register / First-Time
Users, Logged-in users of Buyer organizations, and Logged-in users of
Supplier organizations.
(c) Important Note: It is strongly recommended that all authorized users of
Supplier organizations should thoroughly peruse the information
provided under the relevant links, and take appropriate action. This
will prevent hiccups, minimize teething problems during use of ETS.
(d) The following FOUR KEY INSTRUCTIONS for BIDDERS must be
assiduously adhered to:
(i) Obtain individual Digital Signing Certificate (DSC or DC) well in
advance of your first tender submission deadline on ETS
(ii) Register you organization on ETS well in advance of you first
tender submission deadline on ETS
(iii) Get your organizations concerned executives trained on ETS
well in advance of your first tender submission deadline on ETS
(iv) Submit you bids well in advance of tender submission deadline
on ETS (There could be last minute problems due to internet
timeout, breakdown, et al) While the first three instructions
mentioned above are especially relevant to first-time users of
ETS, the fourth instruction is relevant at all times.

9. Minimum Requirements at Bidders end


(a) Computer with good configuration (Min P IV, 1 GB RAM, Windows XP).
(b) Broadband connectivity.
(c) Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or above
(d) Digital Certificate(s) for users.
10. Vendors Training Program
(a) 1 day training (10:00 to 17:00) would be provided. Training is optional.

(b) Vendors are to carry a Laptop and Wireless Connectivity to Internet.


Tentative Dates Date of uploading of Tender
document + 7 days
Venue Meeting Room, 2nd Floor
BSNL Corporate Office
Bharat Sanchar Bhawan
Janpath, New Delhi-110001
Vendor Training Charges (Per ` 2,500/-
Participant) per training day.
(plus Service Tax @ 12.36%)
Mode of Payment of Fees DD payable to M/s TCIL, New Delhi
at New Delhi

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 4
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 133 of 191

SECTION 5 Part A

GENERAL (COMMERCIAL) CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. APPLICATION

The general condition shall apply in contracts made by the purchaser for the
procurement of goods/work.

2. STANDARDS

The goods/work supplied under this contract shall conform to the standards
prescribed in the Technical Specifications mentioned in Section 3.

3. PATENT RIGHTS

The supplier shall indemnify the purchaser against all third-party claims of
infringement of patent, trademark or industrial design rights arising from use
of the goods or any part thereof in Indian Telecom Network.

4. PERFORMANCE SECURITY

4.1 All bidders shall furnish performance security to the purchaser for an amount
equal to 5% of the value of purchase order within 14 days from the date of
issue of Advance Purchase Order by the Purchaser.

4.2 The proceeds of the performance security shall be payable to the Purchaser
as compensation for any loss resulting from the suppliers failure to complete
its obligations under the contract.

4.3 The Performance Security Bond shall be in the form of Bank Guarantee
issued by a scheduled Bank and in the form provided in Section 7C of this
Bid Document.

4.4 The Performance Security Bond will be discharged by the Purchaser after
completion of the suppliers performance obligations including any warranty
obligations under the contract.

5. INSPECTION AND TESTS

5.1 The Purchaser or his representative shall have the right to inspect and test
the goods/work as per prescribed test schedules for their conformity to the
specifications. Where the Purchaser decides to conduct such tests on the
premises of the supplier or its subbidder(s), all reasonable facilities and
assistance like Testing instruments and other test gadgets including access to
drawings and production data shall be furnished to the inspectors at no
charge to the purchaser. Inspection will be carried out by Indian Navy/BSNL
after delivery of goods.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 134 of 191

5.2 Should any inspected or tested goods/work fail to conform to the


specifications the purchaser may reject them and the supplier shall either
replace the rejected goods/work or make all alterations necessary to meet
Specification requirements free of cost to the purchaser.
5.3 Notwithstanding the pre-supply tests and inspections prescribed in clause 5.1
& 5.2 above, the equipment and accessories on receipt in the Purchasers
premises will also be tested during and after construction before take over
and if any equipment or part thereof is found defective, the same shall be
replaced free of all cost to the purchaser as laid down in clause 5.4 below.
5.4 If any equipment or any part thereof, before it is taken over under clause 5.5,
is found defective or fails to fulfil the requirements of the contract, the
inspector shall give the Supplier notice setting forth details of such defects or
failure and the supplier shall make the defective equipment good, or alter the
same to make it comply with the requirements of the contract forthwith and in
any case within a period not exceeding three months of the initial report.
These replacements shall be made by the supplier free of all charges at site.
Should it fail to do so within this time, the purchaser reserves the discretion to
reject and replace at the cost of the supplier the whole or any portion of
equipment as the case may be, which is defective or fails to fulfil the
requirements of the contract. The cost of any such replacement made by the
purchaser shall be deducted from the amount payable to the supplier.
5.5 When the performance tests called for have been successfully carried out, the
inspector / ultimate consignee will forthwith issue a Taking Over Certificate.
The inspector /ultimate consignee shall not delay the issue of any taking
Over Certificate contemplated by this clause on account of minor defects in
the equipment which do not materially affect the commercial use thereof
provided that the supplier shall undertake to make good the same in a time
period not exceeding six months. The Taking Over Certificate shall be issued
by the ultimate consignee within six weeks of successful completion of tests.
In this case, BCPC (Bills Copy Payable Challan) shall be equivalent to
Taking Over Certificate, issuance of which shall certify receipt of goods/work
in safe and sound condition. The BCPC will be issued by Indian Navy on
behalf of BSNL. However, they shall not discharge the supplier of their
warranty obligation. BCPC in respect of last consignment against the
purchase order will be equivalent to Taking Over Certificate for the material
only. BCPC & TOC will be jointly issued by BSNL and Indian Navy.
5.6 Nothing in clause 5 shall in any way release the Supplier from any warranty or
other obligations under this contract.
6. DELIVERY AND DOCUMENTS

6.1 Delivery of the goods/works and documents shall be made by the bidder in
accordance with the terms specified by the purchaser in its schedule of
requirements and special conditions of contracts, and the goods/work shall
remain at the risk of the supplier until installation, testing and commissioning
has been completed. The delivery of the goods/works shall be to the ultimate
consignee as given in the purchase order.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 135 of 191

6.2 The delivery of the goods and documents shall be completed within time
frame stated Section 2 Clause 5.

6.3 All Technical assistance for construction, commissioning and monitoring of


the equipment shall be provided by the bidder at no extra cost during
laboratory evaluation, validation/ type approval and field trial, if any.

6.4 The extension of delivery period against the purchase order, if any, should be
granted subject to the condition that BSNL and Indian Navy shall have the
absolute right to revise the price(s) and also to levy penalty for the delayed
supplies.

7. TRAINING

7.1 The bidder shall provide training for Operations, maintenance staff and
Trainers of the Indian Navy as per minimum details given at Section 3 Part
A Clause 36.

8. INCIDENTAL SERVICES

The bidder may be required to provide any or all of the following services:

(a) Performance or supervision of on-site assembly and/or start-up of the


supplied Goods/work;

(b) Furnishing of tools required for assembly and/or maintenance of


supplied Goods/work;

(c) Performance of supervision or maintenance and/or repair of the supplied


Goods/work, for a period of time agreed by the parties provided that this
service shall not relieve the supplier of any warranty obligations under
this contract.

9. SPARES

9.1 The supplier shall be required to provide a list of the following material and
notifications pertaining to spare parts manufactured or distributed by the
supplier of spares including cost and quantity considered for arriving at the
price of spares in Sec-4 Part A clause 9.

(a) Such spare parts as the purchaser may elect to purchase from the
supplier provided that such purchase shall not relieve the supplier of
any warranty obligation under the contract.

(b) In the event of termination of production of the spare parts, the supplier
shall:

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 136 of 191

(i) Give advance notification to the purchaser pending termination


(not less than 2 years), in sufficient time to enable the purchaser
to procure life time spare; and

(ii) Following such advance intimation of termination, furnish at no


cost to the purchaser, the blue prints, drawings and
specifications of spare parts, if and when requested.

9.2 Over a period of three years starting from the date of commissioning, the
bidder shall supply, at his own cost, all necessary spares including which have
not been included in the offer as part of the requirement. Since the warranty
is a comprehensive warranty inclusive of spares, any delays attributable to
non-availability of spares would be treated as non-availability of the equipment
and would lead to penalties as per the agreed downtime.

10. WARRANTY

10.1 The bidder shall warrant that the stores to be supplied shall be new and free
from all defects and faults in materials used, workmanship and manufacture
and shall be of the highest grade and consistent with the established and
generally accepted standards for materials of the type ordered and shall
perform in full conformity with the specifications and drawings. The supplier
shall be responsible for any defect that may develop under the conditions
provided by the contract and under proper use, arising from faulty material,
design or workmanship such as corrosion of the equipment, inadequate
quantity of material to meet equipment requirements, inadequate contact
protection, deficiencies in circuit design and/or otherwise and shall remedy
such defects at his own cost when called upon to do so by the Purchaser
who shall state in writing in what respect the stores are faulty. This
warranty shall survive inspection or payment for/and acceptance of
goods/work, but shall expire (except in respect of complaints notified prior to
such date) thirty six months after the commissioning date.

10.2 If it becomes necessary for the Supplier to replace or renew any defective
portion(s) of the equipment under this clause, the provisions of the clause
10.1 shall apply to the portion(s) of the equipment so replaced or renewed or
until the end of the above mentioned period of thirty six months, whichever
may be later. If any defect is not remedied by supplier within a reasonable
time, Purchaser may proceed to get the defects remedied from other supplier
etc., at the suppliers risk and expenses, but without prejudice to any other
rights which purchaser may have against the supplier in respect of such
defects.

10.3 Replacement under warranty clause shall be made by the supplier free of all
charges at site including freight, insurance and other incidental charges.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 137 of 191

11. PAYMENT TERMS

11.1 Payment of specified percentage of price as stated in Section 2 Clause 4


shall be made on receipt of goods by consignee. For claiming this payment
the following documents are to be submitted to the paying authority.

(a) Invoice clearly indicating break up details of composite price i.e. Basic,
E.D., Sales Tax, any other Duties and Taxes, Freight/Packing Charges,
Service Tax etc.

(b) Acknowledged Delivery Challan in original.

(c) Excise gate pass / invoice or equivalent document, if applicable.

(d) Inspection Certificate of QA(Payable copy in original).

(e) The sea freight receipt as per the rates approved by the Ministry of
Water and Surface Transport, if applicable.

(f) Proof of payment of Octroi/ entry tax etc., if applicable.

Note:-If the supplier fails to furnish necessary supporting documents i.e.


excise/Customs invoices etc. in respect of the Duties/taxes which are
CENVAT-able, the amount pertaining to such Duties/Taxes will be deducted
from the payment due to the firm.

11.2 The balance payment shall be released within 6 months from the date of
supply of the equipment in case there are no damage/shortages. In those
cases where such shortages/damages are intimated to the supplier in writing,
the balance payment shall be released only after the cases are settled in
accordance with the provision of the P.O.

11.3 Form C and also a certificate stating that the tendered item (stores) are meant
for the use of BSNL shall be provided by the purchaser on the request of the
bidder as and when asked for.

11.4 No payment will be made for goods rejected at the site on testing.

11.5 The bidder has to give the mandate for receiving the payment costing
` 5 Lakhs and above electronically and the charges, if any, levied by bank has
to be borne by the bidder/bidder/bidder. The bidder company is required to
give the following information for this purpose:

(a) Beneficiary Bank Name.


(b) Beneficiary Branch Name.
(c) IFSC Code of beneficiary Branch.
(d) Beneficiary account No.
(e) Branch Serial No. (MICR No.)

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 138 of 191

12. PRICES

12.1 Prices charged by the supplier for goods delivered and services performed
under the contract shall not be higher than the prices quoted by the Supplier
in its Bid except for variation caused by change in taxes/ duties as specified in
Clause-12.2 mentioned below.

12.2 For changes in taxes/ duties during the scheduled delivery period, the unit
price shall be regulated as under:

(a) Prices will be fixed at the time of issue of purchase order as per taxes
and statutory duties applicable at that time

(i) In case of reduction of taxes and other statutory duties during


the scheduled delivery period, purchaser shall take the benefit of
decrease in these taxes/duties for the supplies made from the
date of enactment of revised duties/taxes.

(ii) In case of increase in duties/taxes during the scheduled delivery


period, the purchaser shall revise the prices as per new
duties/taxes for the supplies, to be made during the remaining
delivery period as per terms and conditions of the purchase
order.

(b) Any increase in taxes and other statutory duties/levies after the expiry
of the delivery date shall be to the bidders account. However, benefit
of any decrease in these taxes/ duties shall be passed on to the
Purchaser by the supplier.

13. Changes in Purchase Orders

13.1 The purchaser may, at any time, by a written order given to a bidder, make
changes within the general scope of the contract in any one or more of the
following:

(a) Drawings, designs or specifications, where Goods/work to be supplied


under the contract are to be specifically manufactured for Purchaser;

(b) The method of transportation or packing;

(c) The place of delivery; or

(d) The services to be provided by the bidder.

13.2 If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time
required for the execution of the contract an equitable adjustment shall be
made in the contract price or delivery schedule, or both, and the contract shall
accordingly be amended. Any proposal by the bidder for adjustment under

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 139 of 191

this clause must be made within thirty days from the date of the receipt of the
change in order.
14. SUBCONTRACTS
The bidder shall notify the Purchaser in writing of all subcontracts awarded for
supply items under this contract in the bid. Such notification, in his original bid
or later shall not relieve supplier from any liability or obligation under Contract.

15. DELAYS IN THE BIDDERS PERFORMANCE


15.1 Delivery of the Goods/work and performance of the services shall be made by
the Bidder in accordance with the time schedule specified by the purchaser in
its purchase order. In case the supply is not completed in the stipulated
delivery period, as indicated in the Purchase Order, purchasers reserves the
right either to short close/cancel this purchase order and/or recover liquidated
damage charges. The cancellation/short closing of order shall be at the risk
and responsibility of the supplier and purchaser reserves the right to purchase
balance unsupplied item at the risk and cost of the defaulting vendors.

15.2 Delay by the Bidder in the performance of its delivery obligations shall render
the Bidder liable to any or all of the following sanctions:

(a) forfeiture of its performance security,

(b) imposition of liquidated damages and/or

(c) Short closure of the contract in part of full and/or termination of the
contract for default.

15.3 If at any time during the performance of the contract, the bidder encounters
condition impending timely delivery of the goods/work and performance of
service, the supplier shall

(a) Promptly notify to the Purchaser in writing the fact of the delay, its likely
duration and its cause(s). As soon as practicable after receipt of the
bidders notice, the purchaser shall evaluate the situation and may at
its discretion extend the period for performance of the contract (by not
more than 20 weeks or as per provisions of Section 5 Part A Clause
16.2 as per provision given below.

(b) The vendor has to submit their request for extension along with the
required additional BG, undertaking as per Section 5 Part A Clause
24 and a copy of QA inspection certificate at least two weeks before
the expiry of delivery period. The vendor shall also submit
unconditional acceptance of the conditions for delivery period
extension i.e. applicability of liquidated damages, prices to be
provisional and to be regulated as per Section 5 Part A Clauses
12.3 and 16 and submission of additional BG, wherever applicable.
The decision regarding extension shall be communicated within two

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 140 of 191

weeks of the receipt of request and after receipt of the unconditional


acceptance and the undertaking mentioned above.
(c) In case extension is being granted beyond 20 weeks then bidder shall
submit additional BG while seeking extension. For piecemeal items the
amount of additional BG shall be 5% of the value of balance quantity of
items to be supplied for which extension in delivery period has been
sought. In case of infrastructure/turnkey projects other than as stated
above, 1% of the total project value shall be the value for additional
BG. Additional BG shall be valid for 6 months beyond extension of
delivery period sought & shall be discharged after full ordered quantity
has been supplied and executed within last extended delivery period
on submission of inspection certificate from QA & consignee receipt
without prejudice to other remedies available to bidder.

(d) If the bidder fails to deliver full ordered quantity even during extended
delivery period then the PO shall be short-closed and Performance
Bank Guarantee as well as additional BG shall be forfeited.

(e) Format of 15.3 (i) letters conveying conditions of DP extension and


15.3 (ii) DP extension letter are at Section 7 Part D and E.

15.4 If the supplies are not completed in the extended delivery period, the
purchase order shall be short-closed and both Performance securities shall be
forfeited.

16. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

16.1 The completion date of Turnkey Project as stipulated in the acceptance of the
tender should be deemed to be the essence of the contract and delivery must
be completed not later than the dates specified therein. Extension will not be
given except in exceptional circumstances. Should, however, if the completion
of contract be made after expiry of the contracted delivery period, without prior
concurrence of the purchaser and be accepted by the consignee, such
delivery will not deprive the purchaser of his right to recover liquidated
damage under clause 16.2 below. However, when contract is completed
within 21 days of the contracted original delivery period, the consignee may
accept the work and in such cases the provision of clause 16.2 will not apply.
Further, DP extension for this grace period of 21 days shall not be necessary.

16.2 While granting extension of delivery period as per clause 15.3, the liquidated
damages shall be levied as follows:-

(a) Should the bidder fails to deliver the store or any consignment thereof
or complete the work within the period prescribed and agreed for
delivery, the purchaser, without prejudice to other remedies available to
the purchaser shall be entitled to recover, as agreed liquidated
damages for breach of contract, a sum equivalent to 0.5% of the value
of the delayed supply and/or undelivered material/supply for each week
of delay or part thereof for a period up to 10 (TEN) weeks, and

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 141 of 191

thereafter at the rate of 0.7% of the value of the delayed work for each
week of delay or part thereof for another TEN weeks of delay.
(b) DP extension beyond 20 weeks would not be generally allowed. The
extension beyond 20 weeks may be decided in most exceptional
circumstances on case to case basis, by the Functional Director
Corporate Office, stating reasons and justifications for grant of
extension of delivery period beyond 20 weeks.
(c) In the case of package supply/turnkey projects when the delayed
portion of the supply materially hampers construction and
commissioning of the systems, LD charges shall be levied as above on
the total value of the concerned package of the Purchase Order.
(d) Quantum of liquidated damages assessed and levied by the purchaser
and decision of the purchaser thereon shall be final and binding on the
supplier, further the same shall not be challenged by the supplier either
before Arbitration tribunal or before the court. The same shall stand
specifically excluded from the purview of the arbitration clause, as such
shall not be preferable to arbitration. However, when supply is made to
the ultimate consignee within 21 days of QA clearance in the extended
delivery period and the goods/work were dispatched within this delivery
period, the consignee may accept the stores and in such cases the LD
shall be levied up to the date of dispatch after QA clearance only.
(e) The total value of the liquidated damages as per above sub-clauses
shall be limited to a maximum of 12% (Twelve percent) i.e. LD shall be
levied up to 20 weeks only as per provision at para (a).
16.3 The liquidated damages shall be imposed for delay in each scheduled
instalment. Liquidated damages shall be calculated separately for quantities
to be supplied in every instalment and the corresponding delay. If the bidder
supplies full quantity before the expiry of the scheduled delivery period of the
instalment but there is delay in instalment-wise supply, then also liquidated
damages shall be levied on the supplies against the earlier instalments that
have been delayed. Twenty (20) weeks for the purpose of additional BG and
grant of DP extension shall be counted from the last instalment.

16.4 Wherever Clause of grace period of 21 days exists in the Purchase Order as
well as in the Tender document against which the Purchase Order has been
released, applicability of the grace period shall be subject to:-

(a) The bidder has carried out dispatch/ dispatched the equipment with in
contracted original delivery period. For claiming benefit of grace period,
the supplier shall have to satisfy the Paying Authority by furnishing
documents of dispatch confirming that it has actually dispatched the
equipment within contracted original delivery period.

(b) The Store has been received by the ultimate consignee within 21 days
of the expiry of contracted original delivery period.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 142 of 191

(c) The grace period of 21 days shall be allowed only in those cases which
fulfil all the conditions given in Para (a) to (c) above. During grace
period no LD charges shall be levied.
17. FORCE MAJEURE
17.1 If, at any time, during the continuance of this contract, the performance in
whole or in part by either party of any obligation under this contract is
prevented or delayed by reasons of any war or hostility, acts of the public
enemy, civil commotion, sabotage, fires, floods, explosions, epidemics,
quarantine restrictions, strikes, lockouts or act of God (hereinafter referred to
as events) provided notice of happenings of any such eventuality is given by
either party to the other within 21 days from the date of occurrence thereof,
neither party shall by reason of such event be entitled to terminate this
contract nor shall either party have any claim for damages against other in
respect of such non-performance or delay in performance, and deliveries
under the contract shall be resumed as soon as practicable after such an
event come to an end or cease to exist, and the decision of the Purchaser as
to whether the deliveries have been so resumed or not shall be final and
conclusive. Further that if the performance in whole or part of any obligation
under this contract is prevented or delayed by reasons of any such event for a
period exceeding 60 days, either party may, at its option, terminate contract.
17.2 Provided, also that if the contract is terminated under this clause, the
Purchaser shall be at liberty to take over from the Supplier at a price to be
fixed by the purchaser, which shall be final, all unused, undamaged and
acceptable materials, bought out components and stores in course of
manufacture which may be in possession of the Supplier at the time of such
termination or such portion thereof as the purchaser may deem fit, except
such materials, bought out components and stores as the Supplier may with
the concurrence of the purchaser elect to retain.

18. Termination For Default

18.1 The Purchaser may, without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of
contract, by written notice of default, sent to the supplier, terminate this
contract in whole or in part.

(a) If the supplier fails to deliver any or all of the goods/work within the time
period(s) specified in the contract, or any extension thereof granted by
the purchaser pursuant to clause15;
(b) If supplier fails to perform any other obligation(s) under Contract; and

(c) If the supplier, in either of the above circumstances, does not remedy
his failure within a period of 15 days (or such longer period as the
purchaser may authorize in writing) after receipt of the default notice
from the purchaser.
18.2 In the event the purchaser terminates the contract in whole or in part pursuant
to para 18.1 the purchaser may procure, upon such terms and in such manner
as it deems appropriate, goods/work similar to those undelivered and the

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 143 of 191

supplier shall be liable to the Purchaser for any excess cost for such similar
goods/work. However the supplier shall continue the performance of the
contract to the extent not terminated.
19. Termination For Insolvency
The Purchaser may at any time terminate the Contract by giving written notice
to the Supplier, without compensation to the supplier. If the supplier becomes
bankrupt or otherwise insolvent as declared by the competent court provided
that such termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy
which has accrued or will accrue thereafter to the purchaser.
20. Arbitration
20.1 In the event of any question, dispute or difference arising under this
agreement or in connection there-with (except as to the matters, the decision
to which is specifically provided under this agreement), the same shall be
referred to the sole arbitration of the CMD, BSNL or in case his designation is
changed or his office is abolished, then in such cases to the sole arbitration
of the officer for the time being entrusted (whether in addition to his own
duties or otherwise) with the functions of the CMD, BSNL or by whatever
designation such an officer may be called (hereinafter referred to as the said
officer), and if the CMD or the said officer is unable or unwilling to act as such,
then to the sole arbitration of some other person appointed by the CMD or the
said officer. The agreement to appoint an arbitrator will be in accordance with
the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996. There will be no objection to any
such appointment on the ground that the arbitrator is a Government Servant
or that he has to deal with the matter to which the agreement relates or that in
the course of his duties as a Government Servant he has expressed his views
on all or any of the matters in dispute. The award of the arbitrator shall be final
and binding on both the parties to the agreement. In the event of such an
arbitrator to whom the matter is originally referred, being transferred or
vacating his office or being unable to act for any reason whatsoever, CMD,
BSNL or the said officer shall appoint another person to act as an arbitrator in
accordance with terms of the agreement and the person so appointed shall be
entitled to proceed from the stage at which it was left out by his predecessors.
20.2 The arbitrator may from time to time with the consent of both the parties
enlarge the time frame for making and publishing the award. Subject to the
aforesaid, Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 and the rules made there
under, any modification thereof for the time being in force shall be deemed to
apply to the arbitration proceeding under this clause.
20.3 The venue of arbitration shall be BSNL CO New Delhi and/or Circle/SSA HQ
or the office of the Arbitrator situated at New Delhi or at the respective
Territorial Circle/SSA HQ, as the case may be.
20.4 After commissioning and handing over of the network to Indian Navy, the
network would be under the charge of the Indian Navy during the warranty
period. In the event of any question, dispute or difference arising out under
this agreement or in connection there-with (except as to the matters, the
decision to which is specifically provided under this agreement), the same

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 144 of 191

shall be referred to the sole arbitration of the Vice Chief of Naval Staff,
Integrated Headquarters, Ministry of Defence (Navy), New Delhi or in case his
designation is changed or his office is abolished, then in such cases to the
sole arbitration of the officer for the time being entrusted (whether in addition
to his own duties or otherwise) with the functions of the Vice Chief of Naval
Staff, Integrated Headquarters, Ministry of Defence (Navy), New Delhi or by
whatever designation such an officer may be called (hereinafter referred to as
the said officer), and if the Vice Chief of Naval Staff, Integrated Headquarters,
Ministry of Defence (Navy), New Delhi or the said officer is unable or unwilling
to act as such, then to the sole arbitration of some other person appointed by
the Vice Chief of Naval Staff, Integrated Headquarters, Ministry of Defence
(Navy), New Delhi or the said officer. The agreement to appoint an arbitrator
will be in accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996.
20.5 The venue of arbitration proceeding in case of clause 20.4 of Section III, shall
be office of the Vice Chief of Naval Staff, Integrated Headquarters, Ministry of
Defence (Navy), New Delhi or such other places as the arbitrator may decide.
20.6 The arbitrator may from time to time with the consent of both the parties
enlarge the time frame for making and publishing the award. Subject to the
aforesaid, arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 and the rules made there
under, any modification thereof for the time being in force shall be deemed to
apply to the arbitration proceeding under this clause.
21. Set Off
Any sum of money due and payable to the supplier (including security deposit
refundable to him) under this contract may be appropriated by the purchaser
or the BSNL or any other person(s) contracting through the BSNL and set off
the same against any claim of the Purchaser or BSNL or such other person or
person(s) for payment of a sum of money arising out of this contract or under
any other contract made by the supplier with the Purchaser or BSNL or such
other person(s) contracting through the BSNL.
22. Intimation of Supply Status

The bidders, who are given Purchase Orders, must give the details of the
supplies made against all the Purchase Orders every month on the first
working day of the following month to MM and the Core Network Planning
Branches of BSNL (Corporate Office).

23. Details of the Product

The bidder should furnish the name of his collaborator (if applicable), brand
name, model no. and type of the products offered in this tender. The technical
literatures of the products should also be submitted. No change in either
technology or product shall be permitted after opening of bids.

24. Fall Clause

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 145 of 191

24.1 The prices once fixed will remain valid during the scheduled delivery period
except for the provisions in Section 5 Part A Clause 12. Further, if at any
time during the contract

(a) It comes to the notice of purchaser regarding reduction of price for the
same or similar equipment/ service;
And/or
(b) The prices received in a new tender for the same or similar equipment/
service are less than the prices chargeable under the contract.

24.2 The purchaser, for the purpose of delivery period extension, if any, will
determine and intimate the new price, taking into account various related
aspects such as quantity, geographical location etc., and the date of its effect
for the balance quantity/ service to the vendor. In case the vendor does not
accept the new price to be made applicable during the extended delivery
period and the date of its effect, the purchaser shall have the right to
terminate the contract without accepting any further supplies. This termination
of the contract shall be at the risk and responsibility of the supplier and the
purchaser reserves the right to purchase the balance unsupplied quantity/
service at the risk and cost of the defaulting vendor besides considering the
forfeiture of his performance security.

24.3 The bidder while applying for extension of time for delivery of
equipment/services, if any, shall have to provide an undertaking as We have
not reduced the sale price, and/ or offered to sell the same or similar
equipment/ service to any person/organization including Department of
central/state Government or any central/state PSU at a price lower than the
price chargeable under the contract for scheduled delivery period.
24.4 In case under taking as in Clause 24.2(a) is not applicable, the vendor will
give the details of prices, the name(s) of purchaser, quantity etc. to the
purchaser, while applying extension of delivery period.

25. Court Jurisdiction

25.1 Any dispute arising out of the tender/bid document/evaluation of bids/issue of


APO shall be subject to jurisdiction of the competent court at the place from
where the NIT/tender has been issued.

25.2 Where a bidder has not agreed to arbitration, the dispute/claims arising out of
the Contract/PO entered with him shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the
Competent Court at the place from where Contract/PO has been issued.
Accordingly ,a stipulation shall be made in the contract as under:

This Contract/PO is subject to jurisdiction of Court at Delhi only

26. General Guidelines


The General guidelines as contained in Chapter 5, 6 and 8 of General
Financial Rules as amended from time to time on works, procurement of

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 146 of 191

goods and services and contract management respectively may also be


referred to as guiding principles.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part A
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 147 of 191

SECTION 5 Part B

SPECIAL (COMMERCIAL) CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC)

The Special (Commercial) Conditions of Contract (SCC)shall supplement General


(Commercial) Conditions of Contract (GCC)) as contained in Section 5 Part A and
wherever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in Section
Part A i.e. General (Commercial) Conditions of Contract (GCC).

1. Testing Methodology

1.1 Further to Section 5 Part A, Clause 5 regarding Inspection and Tests the
following additional clauses are being provided to elaborate on the Tests that
are to be conducted during various stages of this tender.

1.2 Production/Development Testing

(a) Production/Development testing shall mean those tests which are to be


carried out during the process of production/Development by the
respective OEMs to ensure the desired quality of end product to be
supplied by bidder. The production/Development tests are to be carried
out at each stage of production shall be based on the OEMs standard
quality assurance procedures. The production tests to be carried out
shall be listed in the Manufacturing Quality Plan (MQP), along with
information such as sampling frequency, applicable standards,
acceptance criteria etc.

(b) The production/development tests would normally not be witnessed by


the Purchasers representatives. However, the Purchaser reserves the
right to do so or inspect the production testing records in accordance
with Inspection rights specified as part of this contract.

1.3 Factory Acceptance Testing

(a) Factory Acceptance Testing shall be conducted by the bidder/OEM on


randomly selected samples from final material to be supplied (atleast
10% of batch size).

(b) Factory acceptance testing shall be carried out on all items being
supplied. Equipment shall not be shipped to the Purchaser until
required factory tests are completed satisfactorily and all variances are
resolved.

(c) A Joint team of two reps from Indian Navy and one rep from BSNL
would be deputed for the conduct of FAT. The cost incurred for travel,
boarding and lodging shall be borne by the BSNL and Indian Navy for
their authorised representatives. However, all other costs incurred for
conduct of the FATs would have to be borne by the bidder including for
equipment, software, test equipment etc that may be required for
successful conduct of the FATs.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 148 of 191

(d) In the event that reps of either the Navy or BSNL are unable to attend
the FAT, then the purchaser shall issue a FATs completion certificate
to bidder for equipment for which Naval or BSNL could not be deputed.

(e) Full test documentation should be delivered to the purchaser along with
delivery of the equipment.

1.4 Joint Testing.

(a) Staging Centre. The bidder shall establish a staging centre at one
location on the bidders premise in which all the equipment being
procured for this project can be integrated and tested within 120 days
of issuance of PO. The equipment should be segregated depending
on the sites and clearly demarcated. Thereafter, joint testing would be
carried out by reps from Indian Navy/BSNL. The final list of equipment
for testing at staging centre would be provided to the successful bidder
on signing of APO. The bidder would have to establish a Testing Lab at
the staging location of the bidder where the Joint Testing would take
place as mentioned in clause (b) below. All equipment required for
Joint Testing would have to be provided by the bidder free of cost.

(b) A joint team comprising of Bidder, Indian Navy and BSNL shall
carryout joint testing of the network and its network elements. The
bidder must submit the joint testing procedure in his bid including the
list of test equipment that is likely to be used. If the list of the test
equipment being proposed, does not meet the requirements of the
Indian Navy, the bidder should modify the list as per the requirements
of the Indian Navy, for which no additional costs will be paid.

(c) The Selected Bidder should finalize a joint test schedule in advance of
offering for joint Test in consultation with Indian Navy. He shall also
clearly indicate the specifications clause(s) verified by each test. Indian
Navy shall have the right to make modifications or additions to any test
or techniques of measurement as considered necessary by it.

(d) Purchaser reserves the right to appoint any testing authority including
its own for conduct of the Joint Testing.

(e) The bidder shall configure the L2 L7 MPLS functional and


performance tester required for carrying out the joint tests as per the
schedule. The bidder shall indicate whether the software package
includes programs for testing the nodes under full load conditions and
overload conditions by creation of artificial traffic. Such test program
shall be supplied by the bidder for the limited purpose of testing. The
Bidder shall also indicate the technique used in the creation of such
artificial traffic. The joint test schedule should broadly cover the
following:-

(i) Checking ironwork, cabling and wiring.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 149 of 191

(ii) Checking components and materials on sample basis.

(iii) Functional test on individual equipment /network.

(iv) Latency, Packet Loss, Throughput, wirespeed, backplane


capacity on the networking devices.

(v) Throughput, No of connections per second, concurrent


sessions, DoS attacks and other forms of major attacks on all
security devices.

(vi) Test of configuration, services/features and Resiliency.

(vii) Network Accessibility tests, Insertion loss test, OTDR tests and
any disturbances in the fiber link in the form of intrusion
attempts or cable cuts on Fibre Intrusion Prevention system.

(viii) Document & bill of material verification.

(ix) QoS/quality testing and services restore time.

(x) Fault & performance related tests.

(xi) VPN 2, VPN 3, Multicasting, Video Conferencing configuration


testing.

(xii) And any other requirements from security agency or any other
tests required by Indian Navy at the time of joint testing (JT) as
mutually agreed upon.

(f) When the Joint Testing is completed, the Indian Naval rep will forthwith
issue a JT completion certificate for the entire equipment. The Indian
Naval rep shall not delay the issue of any JT Completion Certificate
contemplated by this clause on account of minor defects in the
equipment which do not materially affect the commercial use thereof
provided that the bidder shall undertake to make good the same in a
time period not exceeding six months. The JT Completion Certificate
shall be issued by the Indian Naval rep within one week of successful
completion of tests.

(g) Bidder shall ensure that the offered network components for JT must
be tested & pre JT by both bidder& respective Manufacturers before
offering the equipment/servers/network components/software to Indian
Navy.

(h) Indian Navy and purchaser shall carry out all the tests detailed in the
joint test schedule to confirm that the performance of the different
modules, subsystems, and entire installation satisfies the specified
requirement of specifications including service performance.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 150 of 191

1.5 Installation at Site. Before commencement of installation at the respective


sites, bidder shall carry out proper planning and coordination with all the
OEMs in order to prepare the installation plan and detailed design documents.
The plan and design documents thus developed shall be submitted by the
bidder for approval by Indian Navy. After obtaining the approval in writing
from Indian Navy, the bidder shall commence the installation.

1.6 Site Acceptance Test.

(a) The Bidder shall be responsible for submission of all equipment


supplied in this contract for site inspection by the Purchaser. All
equipment shall be inspected by nominated representative of Indian
Navy on site after delivery.

(b) Visual inspection of material shall be carried out to ascertain if any


damages have occurred. The equipment shall not be powered on and
no functional tests shall be carried out as part of the Site Acceptance
Test.

1.7 Certification.

(a) On completion of the entire installation process at all the location the
bidder is to subject the complete network (inclusive of all components)
for Vulnerability Assessment, Penetration Testing and Risk
Assessment which would form the Certification process.

(b) The certification is to be conducted by a Security Auditing Organisation


empanelled by Cert-IN. The cost for certification by this agency is to be
borne by the bidder. Any fault, lacunae, strengthening recommended
by this agency is to be incorporated by the bidder free of cost on the
recommendations of the Indian Navy. In the event of the bidder
being an empanelled vendor by Cert-IN, due to conflict of interest,
the certification of the network has to be done by a third party
agency with whom the bidder has no commercial or strategic
interests. The detail of this agency is to be declared as part of the
Technical Bid.

1.8 Commissioning.

(a) The Commissioning certificate for the complete network would be


issued by Indian Navy on completion of the final acceptance testing as
stated below.

(b) The final acceptance testing shall be carried out with the integration of
all equipment being procured as part of this tender.

(c) The Bidder shall finalize an acceptance test procedure and schedule at
least 15 days in advance before offering the complete network
inclusive all hardware and software for Commissioning in consultation

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 151 of 191

with Indian Navy. The procedure should clearly indicate the


specifications clause(s) verified by each test. The tests should atleast
include test on the traffic handling capacity and performance of voice,
video and data on the network. In the case of other components
functional testing of the hardware and software to perform the minimum
stated standards of the Tender should be demonstrated. Indian Navy
shall have the right to make modifications or additions to any test or
techniques of measurement as considered necessary by it towards
ensuring compliance to the standards mentioned in the RFP and the
consequent bid submitted by the bidder.

(d) Any components or modules failing during the acceptance tests shall
be replaced at no extra cost to the Purchaser at site by the Selected
Bidder. These shall be shipped within one week of the initial reports.

(e) Ownership of goods that are part of this contract shall not pass to
the Purchaser unless and until the system is accepted in
accordance with the conditions of the contract to the entire
satisfaction of the Purchaser and commissioning certificate is
issued by the Indian Navy. However, once the equipment is installed
and configured in the Indian Naval premises, then parts like Storage
disks and memory would not be permitted to be taken out the Indian
Naval premises when defective. Indian Naval reps would give a
certificate stating the particular part has been destroyed. On receipt of
this certificate, the bidder or his OEM is to provide the equivalent
replacement part.

2. Hand Holding Period.

This tender also involves Operations and Maintenance of the established


MPLS based IP network for a period of twelve months after commissioning of
the network free of cost to the Indian Navy. The bidder and his OEMs should
commit to providing professional services of the OEM and together they shall
fully associate with the staff of Indian Navy during this period so that the latter
is able to independently operate & maintain the said network. The integrated
solution shall operate at 99.999 % uptime (weekly basis) during this Hand
Holding period. Details of monitoring parameters will be finalized by Indian
Navy in consultation with the bidder. The Purchaser reserves the right to
extend the duration of O&M for further periods of six months subject to
maximum period of three years at the rate quoted and approved.

3. Limitation of Liability

The Bidder shall be excused and not be liable or responsible for any delay or
failure to perform the services to be delivered under this Contract to the extent
that such delay or failure has arisen as result of any delay or failure by the
Purchaser to perform any of its duties any obligation as set out in this
Contract. In the event that the Bidder is delayed or prevented from performing
its obligations due to such failure or delay on behalf of purchaser, then the
Bidder shall be allowed an additional period of time to perform its obligations

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 152 of 191

and unless otherwise agreed the additional period shall be equal to the
amount of time for which the bidder is delayed or prevented from performing
its obligations. Such failures or delays shall be brought to the notice of the
Purchaser by the bidder and is subject to mutual agreement with Purchaser.
The bidder shall take such actions as may be necessary to correct or remedy
the failures or delays.

4. Adequacy Clause. The bidder should confirm to the purchaser that the
range and depth of all Hardware and Software being procured as part of this
bid are complete and exhaustive for operational exploitation of all the
equipment/services being procured as part of this tender. Any additional
Hardware/Software required for meeting this requirement would have to be
provided by the bidder on his account.

5. Indemnities.

5.1 The bidder shall at all times hold BSNL and Indian Navy harmless and
indemnify from against all action, suits, proceedings, works, cost, damages,
charges claims and demands of every nature and descriptions, brought or
procured against BSNL and Indian Navy, its officers and employees and
forthwith upon demand and without protect or demur to pay to BSNL and
Indian Navy any and all losses and damages and cost (inclusive between
attorney and client) and all costs incurred in endorsing this or any other
indemnity or security which BSNL and Indian Navy may now or at any time
have relative to the work or the bidders obligation or in protecting or endorsing
its right in any suit on other legal proceeding, charges and expense and
liabilities resulting from or incidental or in connection, with injury, damages of
the bidder or damage to property resulting from or arising out of or in any way
connected with or incidental to the operations caused by the contract
document. In addition the bidder shall reimburse BSNL and Indian Navy or
pay to BSNL and Indian Navy forthwith on demand without protect or demur
all cost, charges and expenses and losses and damages otherwise incurred
by it in consequences of any claim, damages and actions which may be
brought against BSNL and Indian Navy arising out of or incidental to or in
connection with the operation covered by the bidder.

5.2 Bidder shall at own cost, on BSNL request, defend any suit or other
proceeding asserting claim covered by this indemnity, but shall not settle,
compound or compromise any suit or other finding without first consulting
BSNL.

6. Quality of Works.

BSNL and Indian Navy shall be the final judge of the quality of the work and
the satisfaction of BSNL and Indian Navy in respect there of set forth in the
contract document. Laxity or failure to enforce compliance with the contract
documents by BSNL and Indian Navy and/ or its representative shall not
manifest a change or intent of waiver. The bidder shall remain responsible for
complete and proper compliance with the contract documents and the
specification there in.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 153 of 191

11. Protection of Life and Property and Existing Facilities.

11.1 The bidder is fully responsible for taking all possible safety precaution during
preparation for and actual performance of the works. The bidder shall protect
all life and property from damage or losses resulting from his operations.

11.2 The current market value of any commodities lost as a result of any damage
to public/private property/persons shall be paid by the bidder together with
such additional sums necessary to liquidate the personal of property
damages, resulting there from.
12. Insurance.

Without limiting any of his other obligations or liabilities, the bidder shall, at his
own expense, take and keep comprehensive insurance including third party
risk for the plant, machinery, men, materials etc. brought to the site and for all
the work during the execution. The bidder shall also take out workmens
compensations insurance as required by law and under take to indemnify and
keep indemnified BSNL and Indian Navy from and against all manner of
claims and demands and losses and damages and cost (including between
attorney and client) charges and expenses that may arise in regard the same
or that BSNL and Indian Navy may suffer or incur with respect to end/or
incidental to the same. The bidder shall have to furnish originals and/or
attested copies as required by the department of the policies of insurance
taken within 15 (fifteen) days of being called upon to do so together with all
premium receipts and other papers related thereto which BSNL and Indian
Navy may require.
13. Compliance with Laws and Regulation.

During the performance of the works the bidder shall at his own cost and
initiative fully comply with all applicable laws of the land and with any and all
applicable by-laws, rules, regulations and orders and any other provisions
having the force of law made or promulgated or deemed to be made or
promulgated by the Government, Governmental agency or BSNL and Indian
Navy municipal board, Government of other regulatory or Authorized body or
persons and shall provide all certificates of compliance therewith as may be
required by such applicable law, By-laws, Rules, Regulations, orders and/or
provisions. The bidder shall assume full responsibility for the payment of all
contributions and pay roll taxes, as to its employees, servants or agents
engaged in the performance of the work specified in the bidder documents. If
the bidder shall require any assignee or sub bidder to share any portion of the
work to be performed hereunder may be assigned, sub-leased or sub-
contracted to comply with the provisions of the clause and in this connection
the bidder agrees as to undertake to save and hold BSNL and Indian Navy
harmless and indemnified from and against any/all penalties, actions, suits,
losses and damages, claims and demands and costs (inclusive between
attorney and client) charges and expenses whatsoever arising out or
occasioned, indirectly or directly, by failure of the bidder or any assignee or
sub-bidder to make full and proper compliance with the said by-laws, Rules,
Regulations, Laws and Order and provisions as aforesaid.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part B
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 154 of 191

SECTION 5 Part C

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF WARRANTY AND AMC

1. The period of warranty would be for thirty six months commencing from the
date of issuance of the Commissioning Certificate by Indian Navy. On
completion of the warranty an all-inclusive Annual Maintenance Contract
(AMC) for eighty four months would be concluded separately by Indian Navy.

2. The supplier shall quote for a year wise comprehensive Annual Maintenance
Contract for 84 months to be signed on successful completion of warranty
period. The cost shall be quoted as a lump sum including cost of resident
engineers and site visit of any specialists as and when required.

3. Towards fulfilment of vendors obligation in respect of AMC obligation the


vendor is required to submit, three months before the expiry of warranty
period, a performance bank guarantee of 2% of the original purchase
order value, valid for a period of ninety months from the date of expiry of
warranty period. The 5% PBG taken initially will be released only after
submission of the 2% PBG stated above, subject to the fulfilment of other
terms and condition of the purchase order.

4. The cost of AMC will be added to the basic quotation for the purpose of
evaluation at the discount rate of 12% per year. Since the AMC is to be
entered at the end of warranty period of three years, the calculation for NPV
of AMC will be done as follows:-

4.1 Net Present Value (NPV) of AMC = Quoted rates for AMC for 1st year /
(1.12)4
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 2nd year / (1.12)5
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 3rd year / (1.12)6
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 4th year / (1.12)7
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 5th year / (1.12)8
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 6th year / (1.12)9
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 7th year / (1.12)10.

4.2 If the bidder quotes AMC rates less than 5% of the total cost of project, the
bid evaluation will be done on 5% of the total cost of project. However, the
payments would be made on the actual price quoted by the bidder.

4.3 During Warranty/AMC period the bidder shall perform all the functions as
enunciated in this Section free of cost. All the penalty clauses shall be
applicable during the period of warranty/AMC.

4.4 BSNL/Indian Navy reserves its right to procure, during warranty period,
additional quantity of any item or maintenance spares in the form of modules/
units/cards at prices finalized during the tender.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 155 of 191

4.5 The bidder shall have Teaming Agreement / MOU with all OEM partners for
providing services, maintenance support, Warranty and AMC obligation which
shall be valid during the implementation period and for ten years from
commissioning of the network. However, the bidder shall be solely
responsible for the repair/replacement of cards/modules and maintenance.
BSNL/Indian Navy shall not be liable to interact with any of the OEMS/
partners/ collaborators or subcontractors of the bidder.

4.6 Bidder should guarantee the spares so long as the equipment is in service, at
least for 10 years from the date of commissioning the project. The purchaser
would like to stock spares as and when the supplier decides to close down
the production of the offered equipment. In such an event, supplier shall give
a two years notice to the purchaser so as to stock the spares.

4.7 The maintenance bidder is planned to be fixed for a period of seven years
after expiry of warranty period. However, the contract may be terminated by
giving 30 days notice before the expiry of contractual completion period in
case performance of the bidder is not found satisfactory or as and when
required by the Purchaser.

4.8 While quoting, it is advisable that the prospective bidder shall make
themselves fully conversant with the locations and types of jobs in detail to be
carried out therein as per the tender requirement, so that they clearly
understand the scope of work and assess the requirement of resources to
complete the work in scheduled time.

4.9 Bidders are advised to submit quotations strictly based on terms, conditions
and specifications in tender document and not to stipulate any deviations.

4.10 The BIDDER shall be totally responsible for the successful execution of the
maintenance contract. The Bidder shall not sub-contract whole or any
part of the work without explicit clearance from Indian Navy.

5. Description of Work during Warranty/AMC period.

5.1 BIDDER shall be responsible for the maintenance of all equipment and all
other items, accessories supplied/installed under the contract, to include, but
not limited to all required preventive measures, rectification of faults and
restoration jobs achieving the laid down systems availability.

5.2 Any refusal of team for taking up maintenance and preventive maintenance
work shall be treated as failure of team to attend failure in network and
penalty may be imposed accordingly.

5.3 The following activities shall constitute Warranty and AMC obligations for
software delivered as part of this tender:-

(a) Analysis and bug fixing on being notified by the purchaser.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 156 of 191

(b) Provision of all patches/upgrades/updates (on physical media), free of


cost.

(c) Reloading of software in case of system crash.

5.4 During the period of Warranty/AMC period the Bidder shall:

(a) Provide on-site repair or replacement of the faulty CARD/UNIT and any
other equipment or part thereof.

(b) Diagnose and rectify the hardware and software faults of the
implemented solution.

(c) Carry out periodic preventive maintenance of equipment deployed as


part of the solution.

(d) Create customized reports as per requirements of the Purchaser.

(e) Provide full & time bound assistance in integrating the solution and
associated systems with any customized solution being deployed by
BSNL/PICG.

(f) Supply of spares/consumables/ items required for carrying out


repairs/replacement etc shall be the responsibility of the bidder. Bidder
has to keep minimum stock of required spares to the satisfaction of
Engineer in Charge BSNL/PICG to meet the laid down uptime/MTTR.

6. Provision of Resident Engineers

6.1 Resident Engineers will be provided during warranty and AMC as per the
following scale:-

(a) One resident engineer per subsystem per shift in NOC and SOC on
two shift basis.

(b) Two resident engineer per shift at each of the Tier I Sites.

6.2 Resident engineers may be required to visit various Tier II Sites or other
Stations in their area of responsibility for maintenance and fault rectification
activities at Bidders cost, as and when required at the discretion of the
Purchaser. Additional resources shall be catered by Bidder to meet
requirements given in this tender.

6.3 The NOC will function on a shift basis and shall be operative on all days
including national holidays.

6.4 These Resident engineers at NOC/SOC shall need to have suitable OEM
certification for subsystem for which he/she is responsible. The resident
engineer should be qualified by means of OEM certification programs that
ascertain proficiency in handling and troubleshooting of system. The bidder

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 157 of 191

shall intimate as part of maintenance plan in technical bid the proposed


certifications for each sub system. They should have at least five year
experience of managing similar systems. The resident engineer at Tier I Sites
should be OEM certified in Routing and Switching and should have capability
to liaise with resident engineers at NOC/SOC and carryout troubleshooting of
all other hardware/software being inducted as part of this project.

6.5 In case the resource provided by the bidder is found to be unsuitable by


Indian Navy rep then the Bidder to bound to replace the resident engineer
with an alternate resource.

6.6 The calculation for number of resources to be hired by the bidder for
provisioning of resident engineers should include suitable quantity of
additional resources to cater for leave of absence and other unforeseen
conditions.

6.7 Failure of the bidder to provide a suitable resource, as per the clauses given
above, for each shift of the NOC shall entail a penalty of Rs 5,000 per
resource per shift.

7. Fault Severity and Time-To-Restore.

7.1 The different levels of fault severity and maximum restoration time allowed is
as given under :-

(a) Critical Faults. Critical faults are those which affect the functioning
of the whole system at national or regional level. Such faults will be
restored within 4 hours of reporting irrespective of the time of fault
reporting, holidays etc. Penalty will be imposed at the rate of Rs
50,000/- per hour or part thereof thereafter.

(b) Severe Faults. Severe faults are those which affect the
functioning of a part of the system at a station level. Such faults will be
restored within 24 hours of reporting irrespective of the time of fault
reporting, holidays etc. Penalty will be imposed at the rate of Rs
50,000/- per 4 hours or part thereof thereafter.

(c) Normal Faults. Normal faults are those which affect the
functioning of a particular end point at an equipment level. These also
include faults in items such as T&M equipment, accessories, etc. Such
faults will be restored within 72 hours of reporting irrespective of the
time of fault reporting. Penalty will be imposed at the rate of Rs
50,000/- per 48 hours or part thereof thereafter.

7.2 Downtime of equipment shall commence even on failure of a single interface,


module/sub module or slot of the equipment chassis. Failure of software
modules shall also be considered towards downtime of the equipment.

7.3 Bidder is expected to maintain spares inventory to achieve the laid down
repair time/uptime.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 158 of 191

8. Record of Fault Repair Time.

8.1 All faults shall be intimated to the BIDDER'S resident engineer or


Maintenance Centres by Indian Naval Officials or the Engineer-in-charge
BSNL, as indicated through telephonic communication, SMS, e-mail or
through fax. For this the BIDDER shall provide NOCs/SOCs with the contact
number, landline and Mobile & e-mail address/Fax no. within 14 days from the
award of the contract.

8.2 Time taken by the Bidder from the time of lodging the complaint to the
resident engineer up to the time of restoration of end-to-end functionalities
after rectification of fault(s) shall be considered for calculation of penalties.
The Repair time of any fault occurred shall be calculated by collecting data
from respective NOCs. After restoration of the system, a fault report is to be
generated by bidder and site-in-charge representative for records.

8.3 Any holidays/weekends will be counted towards calculation of repair time.

14. Calculation of Uptime.

14.1 In addition to above mentioned repair time, an overall system uptime of 99.9%
shall be maintained by the bidder as part of warranty/AMC. Uptime shall be
calculated on quarterly basis as given below:-

(a) Critical Faults. Downtime = repair time = A.

(b) Severe Faults. Downtime= 50% of repair time = B.

(c) Normal Faults. Downtime = 10% of repair time =C.

(d) Total Downtime = sum of A, B and C = D.

(e) Uptime (in %) = ((Total time D)/Total Time) x 100.

14.2 For calculation purposes the duration shall be taken as 24 hours per day and
not as business hours.

14.3 Planned outages of equipment due to upgrades/ preventive maintenance shall


not be counted towards downtime of the equipment.

14.4 In case the laid down uptime is not achieved at the end of the quarter, penalty
shall be levied @ Rs 2,00,000/- per 0.1% of degradation in performance or
part thereof, which shall be deducted from the payment due or bank
guarantee may be encashed.

14.5 Suitable SLA tool shall be provided and configured by the Bidder to facilitate
continuous monitoring of uptime from NOC/SOC.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 159 of 191

15. Maintenance Plan

15.1 The Bidder as part of the tender response has to submit a detailed plan for
the maintenance of the network including the details of the man-power and
equipments proposed to be located at different sites to cover the jurisdiction.
The Bidder shall mobilize the maintenance team & the equipment within 14
days from the date of acceptance testing.

15.2 Non Submission of Maintenance Plan along with the Technical Bid can
render the bid to be rejected.

16. Maintenance Centers.

16.1 The bidder shall have Maintenance Centres in India as per requirement of the
Bid. The bidder has to set up more such Centres, if required. The bidder shall
furnish the names, locations, complete postal address, Telephone numbers
and FAX numbers of all Maintenance Centres within 30 days of issue of
Advance Purchase Order and again at the time of signing the AMC
Agreement. The bidder shall also specify the areas/stations to be covered by
each Maintenance Centre.

16.2 The Maintenance Centres shall work as repair Centers and they shall be
responsible for repairing the faulty cards/units and shall also maintain a
requisite minimum stock of such cards/equipment often going faulty, in order
to keep the down time within limits as envisaged in this agreement.

16.3 The lead bidder shall ensure that all the Maintenance Centers are manned by
fully competent Engineers and are capable of giving all types of necessary
technical guidance/assistance over phone to the respective resident
engineers/Naval officials for fast restoration of faults.

17. Conditions of Maintenance Contract.

17.1 Naval Rep shall be entitled to reject the goods, materials and work executed
by the bidder, which may not be conforming to the specifications within a
reasonable time of installation of the said goods and materials.

17.2 The BIDDER shall be totally responsible for the calibration & functionality of
test equipment to be used at site. All the tools & Test instruments shall be
duly certified by an authorized agency. Bidder should not shift the test
instruments from the site and is liable for penalizing if found so.

17.3 During the course of execution of the work, if any discrepancy or


inconsistency, error or omission in any of the provisions of the contract is
discovered which needs to be clarified, the matter shall be referred to IHQ
MoD(N)/DNSO at New Delhi who shall give its decision in the matter and this
decision shall be final and conclusive.

17.4 Inspection and acceptance of the work shall not relieve the BIDDER from any
of his responsibilities under this contract.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 160 of 191

17.5 The BIDDER shall observe in addition to codes specified in respective


specification, all national and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations
and requirements pertaining to work and shall be responsible for extra costs
arising from violations of the same, which shall be borne by the Bidder.

17.6 By entering into the maintenance contract with Indian Navy, the bidder shall
agree to maintain the secrecy of all documents/information/drawings etc
provided by Indian Navy during the period of contract and shall handover all
the documents back immediately after the termination of the contract.

17.7 In case purchaser feels that the bidder is not able to execute the work to the
satisfaction of Indian Navy, then Rep of Navy shall be at his own discretion
can engage other agencies to ensure the smooth execution of the job at the
risk and cost of the bidder.

17.8 The BIDDER shall be solely responsible for making available all requisite
equipment, special aids, tools and testing equipment and appliances for
executing the work. Such equipment shall be subject to examination by the
Naval representatives and approval for the same. Any discrepancies pointed
out by the Naval representatives shall be immediately got rectified, repaired or
the equipment replaced altogether, by the BIDDER.

17.9 While executing the job at site by the BIDDER, penalty claimed against any
damage caused to the infrastructure of Indian Navy & other parties shall be
borne by the Bidder.

17.10 The BIDDER becomes defaulter on the following conditions:-

(a) If he fails to repair fault and make the system/card/module available


within time limits as laid down.

(b) Improper maintenance resulting in down time/ loss of parts.

(c) Loss or damage to Indian Navys property due to the acts of Bidder.

18. Payment Terms (After expiry of Warranty). AMC Payment will be made in
four equal instalments at the end of every quarter after deduction of penalties.

19. Taxes. The quoted prices shall be inclusive of all taxes, duties, levies,
service tax, work contract tax, VAT if any etc, except OCTROI, till the
completion of the contract and the BIDDER shall not be eligible for any
compensation on this account. Income Tax at the prevailing rate as applicable
from time to time shall be deducted from the BIDDERs bills as per Income
Tax Act and quoted Rates shall be deemed to include this.

20. Cost Escalation. The maintenance charges quoted by the BIDDER shall
be kept firm till the completion of entire period of contract, and no Price
Escalation shall be paid on any ground.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 161 of 191

21. Satisfactory Certificate by User. Charges will be paid only after the
submission of a relevant certificate by the concerned Naval officers stating
that the maintenance has been carried out satisfactorily as per the contract
agreement during the relevant period by the vendor, which shall be further
countersigned by the IHQ MoD(N)/DNSO Representative for release of
payment. The certificate shall also indicate any penalties to be deducted on
account of delay in repair as per the contract giving full details thereof.

22. Termination of Contract. Indian Navy reserves the right to interrupt


and terminate the contract at any time after giving two months notice, should
in Navys opinion, the cessation of work become necessary, owing to paucity
of funds of the Bidder, the Bidders apparent inability to perform, non
possession of personnel, equipments and tools required for the work or
defective and malfunctioning equipments, non-availability of proper/nominated
instrumentation, inability to provide men and material, repeated
slippages/defaults and payment of penalty thereof or for any other cause
deemed reasonable. In such case, the payment due to the bidder shall be
paid for in full at the rates specified in the Contract subject to the clause of
penalty/Liquidated damages contemplated herein. The security deposit will
be forfeited & Bank guarantee shall be encashed in such case of
termination, if deemed required as per IHQ MoD(N)/DNSO decision.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 5
Part C
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 162 of 191

SECTION 6

UNDERTAKING & DECLARATION


(Part A)

Performa for understanding the terms & condition of Tender & Spec. of work

(A) Certified that:

1. I/ We . have read, understood and


agree with all the terms and conditions, specifications included in the
tender documents & offer to execute the work at the rates quoted by us
in the tender form.

2. If I/ We fail to enter into the agreement & commence the work in time
the EMD/SD deposited by us will stand forfeited to the BSNL.

(B) The tenderer hereby covenants and declares that:

1. All the information, Documents, Photo copies of the Documents/


Certificates enclosed along with the Tender offer are correct.

2. If anything is found false and/or incorrect and/or reveals any


suppression of fact at any time, BSNL reserves the right to debar our
tender offer/ cancel the LOA/ Purchase/ work order if issued and forfeit
the EMD/ SD/ Bill amount pending with BSNL. In addition, BSNL may
debar the contractor from participation in its future tenders.

Date: ---------------------------
Signature of Tenderer

Place: Name of Tenderer


.
Along with date & Seal

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 6

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 163 of 191

NEAR-RELATIONSHIP CERTIFICATE
(Part B)

(Format of the Certificate to be given as per Section-IV Part-A of by the bidder in


respect of status of employment of his/ her near relation in BSNL)

The format of the certificate to be given is :-

I .. s/o . r/o .................. hereby certify that


none of my relative(s) as defined in the tender document is/are employed in
BSNL unit as per details given in tender document. In case at any stage, it is
found that the information given by me is false/ incorrect, BSNL shall have the
absolute right to take any action as deemed fit/without any prior intimation to
me.

Signature of the tenderer


with date and seal

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 6

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 164 of 191

SECTION 7

PERFORMAS

PART A : BID SECURITY / EMD GUARANTEE


To be typed on Rs 100/- on non-judicial stamp paper)

Sub : Bid Security / EMD guarantee

Whereas ..................................................... M/s


R/o
.(hereafter
referred to as Bidder) has approached us for giving Bank Guarantee of
Rs ./- (hereafter known as the B G Amount) valid up to
...../../20 (hereafter known as the Validity date) in favour of DGM (MMT)
BSNL CO, Delhi (hereafter referred to as BSNC) for participation in the tender of
work of . Vide tender no

Now at the request of the Bidder, We


.Bank
...Branch having
.

(Address) and Regd. Office address as

(hereinafter called the Bank) agrees to give this guarantee as hereinafter


contained.

3. We the Bank do hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and payable under
this guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand from the BSNC
stating that the amount claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused to or
would be caused to or suffered by the BSNC by reason of breach by the said
bidder(s) of any of terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement or by
reason of the bidder (s) failure to perform the said Agreement. Any such
demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due
and payable by the Bank under this guarantee where the decision of the
BSNC in these counts shall be final and binding on the bank. However, our
liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding
the B. G. Amount.

4. We undertake to pay to the BSNC any money so demanded notwithstanding


any dispute or disputes raised by the bidder(s) in any suit or proceeding
before any court or tribunal relating thereto our liability under this present
being absolute and unequivocal. The Payment so made by us under this bond
shall be valid discharge of our liability for payment there under and the
bidder(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 7

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 165 of 191

5. We the Bank further agree that the guarantee here in contained shall remain
in full force and affect during the period that would be taken for the
performance of the said agreement and that it shall continue to be
enforceable till all the dues of the BSNC under or by virtue of the said
Agreement have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till
BSNC Certifies that the terms and conditions of the said Agreement have
been fully and properly carried out by the said bidder(s) and accordingly
discharge this guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is
made on us in writing or before the expiry of Validity date from date hereof,
we shall be discharged from all liability under this guarantee thereafter.

5. We the Bank further agree with the BSNC that the BSNC shall have the fullest
liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations
hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said Agreement or to
extend time of performance by the said bidder(s) from time to time or to
postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by
the BSNC against the said bidder(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the
terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be
relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being
granted to the said Bidder(s) or for any forbearance, act or omission on the
part of the BSNC or any indulgence by the BSNC to the said bidder(s) or by
any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties
would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.

6. Notwithstanding anything herein contained;

(a) The liability of Bank under this guarantee is restricted to B. G. Amount


and it will remain in force up to its Validity date specified above.

(b) The guarantee shall stand completely discharged and all rights of the
BSNC under this Guarantee shall be extinguished if no claim or
demand is made on us in writing on or before its validity date.

7. In case BSNC demands for any money under this bank guarantee, the same
shall be paid through bankers Cheque in favour of AO (Cash) BSNL CO
payable at New Delhi.

8. The Bank guarantees that below mentioned officer who have signed it on
behalf of Bank have authority to give this guarantee under its delegated
power.

Place:
Date: .. (Signature of the Bank Officer)
Rubber stamp of the bank
Authorized Power of Attorney Number: .
Name of the Bank officer: ....
Designation:
Complete Postal address of Bank: ..
Telephone Numbers ..
Fax numbers ..

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 7

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 166 of 191

PART B : PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE


(To be typed on Rs 100/- non-judicial stamp paper)

Sub : Performance guarantee

Whereas DGM (MM) BSNL CO, Delhi R/o ..


(hereafter referred to as BSNC) has issued as APO no Dated
...../../20awarding the work of . To M/s R/o
(hereafter referred to as Bidder) and BSNC has
asked him to submit a performance guarantee in favour of DGM (MMT) BSNL CO,
Delhi of Rs. ./- (hereafter referred to as P G Amount) valid
upto //20.. (hereafter referred as to Validity Date)

Now at the request of the Bidder, We Bank


.Branch having (Address)
and Regd. Office address as
(hereinafter called the Bank) agreed to give
this guarantee as hereinafter contained.

1. We, the Bank do hereby undertake and assure to the BSNC that if in the
opinion of the BSNC, the Bidder has in any way failed to observe or perform
the terms and conditions of the said agreement or has committed any breach
of its obligations there-under, the Bank shall on demand and without any
objection or demur pay to the BSNC the said sum limited to P.G. Amount or
such lesser amount as BSNC may demand without requiring BSNC to have
recourse to any legal remedy that may be available to it to compel the Bank
to pay the same.

2. Any such demand from the BSNC shall be conclusive as regards the liability
of Bidder to pay to BSNC or as regards the amount payable by the Bank
under this guarantee. The Bank shall not be entitled to withhold payment on
the ground that the Bidder had disputed its liability to pay or has disputed the
quantum of the amount or that any arbitration proceeding or legal proceeding
is pending between Bidder and BSNC regarding the claim.

3. We, the Bank further agree that the guarantee shall come into force from the
date of its issue and shall remain in full force and effect up to its Validity date.

4. The Bank further agrees that the BSNC shall have the fullest liberty without
the consent of the Bank and without affecting in any way the obligations
hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement or to
extend the time for performance of the said agreement from any of the powers
exercisable by BSNC against the Bidder and to forebear to enforce any of the
terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and the Bank shall not be
relieved from its liability by reason of such failure or extension being granted
to Bidder or through any forbearance, act or omission on the part of BSNC or
any indulgence by BSNC to Bidder or any other matter or thing whatsoever
which under the law relating to sureties would but for this provision have the
effect of relieving or discharging the guarantor.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 7

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 167 of 191

5. Notwithstanding anything herein contained ;

(a) The liability of the Bank under this guarantee is restricted to the P.G.
Amount and it will remain in force up to its Validity date.

(b) The guarantee shall stand completely discharged and all rights of the
BSNC under this Guarantee shall be extinguished if no claim or
demand is made on us in writing on or before its validity date.

6. In case BSNC demands for any money under this bank guarantee, the same
shall be paid through bankers Cheque in favour of AO (Cash) BSNL CO
payable at New Delhi.

7. The Bank guarantees that the below mentioned officer who have signed it on
behalf of the Bank have authority to give this guarantee under its delegated
power.

Place:

Date: .. (Signature of the Bank Officer)

Rubber stamp of the bank


Authorized Power of Attorney Number: .
Name of the Bank officer: ....
Designation:
Complete Postal address of Bank: ..

Telephone Numbers ..
Fax numbers ..

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 7

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 168 of 191

PART C : LETTER OF AUTHORIZATION FOR ATTENDING BID OPENING


EVENT
(To be typed preferably on letter head of the company)

Sub : Authorization for attending Bid opening.

I/We Mr. /Ms have submitted our bid


for the tender no ........................... in respect of
. (items of work)
which is due to open on (date) in the Meeting Room, O/o
.

We hereby authorize Mr. / Ms. & Mr. / Ms.


. (alternative) whose signatures are attested
below, to attend the bid opening for the tender mentioned above on our behalf.

___________________________
Signature of the Representative

___________________________ Signature of Bidder / Officer authorized


to sign
Name of the Representative on behalf of the Bidder

___________________________
Signature of the alternative Representative

___________________________
Name of the Representative

Above signatures attested

Note 1. Only one representative will be permitted to attend the Bid opening.
2. Permission for entry to the hall where bids are opened may be refused
in case authorization as prescribed above is not received.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 7

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 169 of 191

PART D : MODEL AMENDMENT LETTER INTIMATING CONDITIONS FOR


EXTENSION OF DELIVERY PERIOD

(Refer to Appendix (i) to clause 15.3 of Section-5 Part A)

Registered A Due

Address of the purchaser


To
M/s ..

Sub : This office contract No .. Dated .


Placed on you for supply of ..

Ref: Your letter No . Dated .

We are in receipt of your letter, wherein you have asked for extension / further extension of time for
delivery / execution / installation / commissioning.

In view of the circumstances stated in your above referred letter, the time of delivery can be extended
from (original/last delivery period) to (presently agreed delivery
period) subject to your unconditional acceptance of the following terms and conditions:-

1. That, liquidated damages shall be levied in accordance with agreed clause 16.2 & 16.3
Section-5 Part A of terms and conditions of the tender/ PO.

2. That, notwithstanding any stipulation in the contract for increase in price on any ground, no
such increase, whatsoever, which takes place after current last date of Delivery shall be
admissible on such of the said goods as are delivered after the said date as per clause 12
Section-5 Part A.

3. That, the prices during this extended delivery period shall be provisional and shall be
governed as per agreed clauses 12 and 24 of Section-5 Part A and shall be finalized in
accordance with the current PO price or the current PO price with latest budget/ duty impact
or the prices in the new tender (T.E. no. ..) from the date of its opening, on whichever
is lower basis.

4. An additional BG of Rs._____in accordance with clause 15.3, Section-5 Part A of the contract
with validity up to _______.

5. An undertaking as required vide clause 24.3, Section-5A. Otherwise furnish the details as
requisite in clause 24.4 Section-5 Part A

Please intimate your acceptance of this letter alongwith the additional BG within ten days of
the issue of this letter failing which the contract will be cancelled at your risk and expense
without any further reference to you. This letter shall form part and parcel of the agreement/
contract/ APO/ PO and all other terms & conditions of the contract remain unaltered.

Yours faithfully,

()
for and on behalf of..

Note The entries which are not applicable for the case under consideration are to be deleted.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 7

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 170 of 191

PART E : MODEL AMENDMENT LETTER FOR EXTENSION OF DELIVERY


PERIOD

Appendix (ii) to clause 15.3 of Section-5 Part A

Registered Acknowledgement Due

Address of the purchaser


.
To
M/s ..

Sub : This office contract No .. Dated .


Placed on you for supply of ..

Ref : 1. Your letter No . Dated . requesting DP extension.


2. This office letter No Dated intimating conditions for DP extension.
3. Your letter No Dated accepting the conditions for DP extension.

In your above letter under reference (1), you have asked for extension/ further extension of time for
delivery/ execution/ installation/ commissioning. The terms and conditions for extension of delivery
period were conveyed to you vide this office letter under reference (2).

In view of the circumstances stated in your above referred letter, and upon your unconditional
acceptance of the terms and conditions of this extension vide your letter under reference (3), the time
of delivery is hereby extended from _______ (last delivery period) to ____________ (presently agreed
delivery period) on the terms and conditions in letter under reference (2) above and agreed by you
vide letter under reference (3) i.e.:

(a) Liquidated damages shall be levied in accordance with agreed clause 16.2 & 16.3
Section-5 Part A of terms and conditions of the tender/ PO.

(b) Notwithstanding any stipulation in the contract for increase in price on any ground, no
such increase, whatsoever, which takes place after current last date of Delivery/
completion of work shall be admissible on such of the said goods as are delivered
after the said date as per clause 12 Section-5 Part A.

(c) The prices during this extended delivery period shall be governed as per clauses 12
and 24 of Section-5 Part A and shall be finalized in accordance with current PO price
or the current PO price with latest budget/ duty impact or the prices in the new tender
(T.E. no. ..) from the date of its opening, on whichever is lower basis.

The letters under reference above and this letter shall form part and parcel of agreement/
contract/ APO/ PO and all other terms & conditions of the contract remain unaltered.

Yours faithfully,
()
for and on behalf of..
Copy to :
..
(All concerned)
Note : The entries which are not applicable for the case under consideration
are to be deleted.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 7

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 171 of 191

PART F

CERTIFICATE OF OEM SUPPORT

It is to certify that the following hardware/software, for which M/s . is the


OEM, has been quoted in BSNLs bid.

SNo All Hardware/ Network/ Software System Model/ Version


1
2
3

We undertake to provide the following:

1. Full Professional Service Support for turnkey implementation of the project


covering all the above hardware/network/ software components, their Design,
Planning, Supply, Installation, customization, commissioning, integration with other
components of the project, training, Operation, maintenance of system for Ten
Years and project completion within the time schedules specified in the tender
document.

2. Support for operation, maintenance and upgrades is available as per terms


and conditions of Operation during warranty (3 years) and AMC (7 years) on 24x365
basis from the date of commissioning.

3. Applications shall be supported on the given platform (including OS and


quoted Database) for the next 10 years with effect from the date of project
completion, and that patches, release, updates and upgrades shall be made
available on this platform (including OS and quoted Database) for this period.

We also certify that the agreement in the above respect has already been signed
with the OEM.

_______________________________________
Signature of Authorized signatory of Bidder

_________________________________________________________
Signature of Authorized signatory of OEM/Country Manager of OEM
Name / Designation

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 7

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 172 of 191

SECTION-8

BIDDERS PROFILE & QUESTIONNAIRE

(To be filled in and submitted by the bidder)

A) Tenderers Profile

1. Name of the Individual/ Firm: __________________________

2. Present Correspondence Address


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telephone No. Mobile No.
FAX No.

3. Address of place of Works/ Manufacture


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telephone No .. Mobile No

4. State the Type of Firm: Sole proprietor-ship/ partnership firm /


(Tick the correct choice): Private limited company.

5. Name of the sole proprietor/ partners/ Director(s) of Pvt. Ltd Co.:

Ser Name Fathers Name Designation


No
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

6. Name of the person authorized to enter into and execute contract/ agreement
and the capacity in which he is authorized (in case of partnership/ private Ltd
company):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Permanent Account No. :

8. Details of the Bidders Bank for effecting e-payments:

(a) Beneficiary Bank Name:


(b) Beneficiary branch Name:.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 8

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 173 of 191

(c) IFSC code of beneficiary Branch..


(d) Beneficiary account No.:.
(e) Branch Serial No. (MICR No.):...

9. Whether the firm has Office/ works (i.e. manufacture of the tendered item) in
Delhi? If so state its Address
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

B) Questionnaire

1. Do you think any other detail/ material is required to complete the work
specified in the specification? Yes/ No.

1.1 If Yes, Give details


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Do you think any other item of work need be included in tender form to
complete the work specified in the specification? Yes/ No.

2.1 If Yes, Give details


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Kindly indicate the maximum Quantity of tendered material which you are
capable of supplying within the scheduled delivery period.

Name of the tendered Qty that can be supplied


item by the firm within
scheduled
delivery period.

4. Suggestion for improvement of the tender document.


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Place.
Signature of contractor
Date . Name of Contractor

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 8

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 174 of 191

SECTION 9
PART A : BID FORM

To From
------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
<complete address of the purchaser> <complete address of the purchaser>
------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------

Bidders Reference No : dated ..

Ref : Your Tender Enquiry No dated ..

1. Having examined the above mentioned tender enquiry document including


amendment/clarification/addenda Nos. ... dated
....................the receipt of which is hereby duly acknowledged, we, the
undersigned, offer to supply and deliver .............................................. in
conformity with the said drawings, conditions of contract and specifications for
the sum shown in the schedule of prices attached herewith and made part of
the financial Bid.

2. Bid submitted by us is properly sealed and prepared so as to prevent any


subsequent alteration and replacement.

3. We agree to abide by this Bid for a period of days from the date
fixed for Bid opening or for subsequently extended period, if any, agreed to by
us. This bid shall remain binding upon us up to the aforesaid period.

4. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any bid, you
may receive.

5. If our Bid is accepted, we will provide you with a performance guarantee from
a Scheduled Bank for a sum @ 5% of the contract value for the due
performance of the contract.

6. If our Bid is accepted, we undertake to complete delivery of all the items and
perform all the services specified in the contract in accordance with the
delivery schedule specified in the Section II (Tender Information).

7. Until a formal Purchase Order of Contract is prepared and executed, this Bid
together with your written acceptance thereof in your notification of award
shall constitute a binding contract between us.

Dated this .............................. day of ........................ 20

Witness Signature ..
Signature . Name .
Name In the capacity of ..
Address Duly authorized to sign the bid for and
on behalf of ..

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 9

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 175 of 191

SECTION 9
PART II
Price Schedule I

Total discounted price including Duties


Basic Unit Price exclusive of all levies

Duties & Taxes CENVAT-able on unit

Unit Price excluding Duties & Taxes

Total Price Inclusive of all levies &


charges including Duties & Taxes

Percentage (%) of Customs duty


Other levies & charges if any

Unit Price (all inclusive

& Taxes CENVAT-able

Customs Tariff Head


COL .(4+6+8+10+11)
Excise Duty Sales Tax F.F.Pkg & I

Discount offered,
Item description

Import content
E.D.Tarif Head
CENVAT able
and charges

(COL. 15-16)
(COL.12-13)
Total Qty

(3X12)

if any
price
SNo

% Amt % Amt % Amt

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
1.1 Type 1 router 22
1.2 Type 2 router 172
1.3 Type 3 router 48
1.4 Type 4 router 286
1.5 Type 5 router 5
1.6 Type 6 router 5
1.7 Access Switch 1600
Regional Metro DWDM 7
1.8
System sites
1.9 DC Core Switch 33
1.10 DC Aggregation Switch 33
1.11 DC Access Switch 92
1.12 DC SAN Switch 18
1.13 NLDC SAN Switch 15
1.14 Virtual Switch 8
Network Modelling
1.15 1
Software

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 9
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 176 of 191

Total discounted price including Duties


Basic Unit Price exclusive of all levies

Duties & Taxes CENVAT-able on unit

Unit Price excluding Duties & Taxes

Total Price Inclusive of all levies &


charges including Duties & Taxes

Percentage (%) of Customs duty


Other levies & charges if any

Unit Price (all inclusive

& Taxes CENVAT-able

Customs Tariff Head


COL .(4+6+8+10+11)
Excise Duty Sales Tax F.F.Pkg & I

Discount offered,
Item description

Import content
E.D.Tarif Head
CENVAT able
and charges

(COL. 15-16)
(COL.12-13)
Total Qty

(3X12)

if any
price
SNo

% Amt % Amt % Amt

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
2.1 Network Firewall Type 1 9
2.2 Network Firewall Type 2 15
2.3 Network Firewall Type 3 72
2.4 IPS Type 1 9
2.5 IPS Type 2 15
2.6 IPS Type 3 72
2.7 APT Solutions 12
2.8 Antivirus Gateway 7
2.9 Data Centre HIPS 200
3.1 Type 1 Infrastructure 8
3.2 Type 2 Infrastructure 33
3.3 Civil Infrastructure 33
3.4 Blade server Type 1 138
3.5 Blade server Type 2 138
3.6 Rack server Type 1 39
3.7 Rack server Type 2 32
3.8 UNIX Servers Type 1 5
3.9 UNIX Servers Type 2 5

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 9
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 177 of 191

Total discounted price including Duties


Basic Unit Price exclusive of all levies

Duties & Taxes CENVAT-able on unit

Unit Price excluding Duties & Taxes

Total Price Inclusive of all levies &


charges including Duties & Taxes

Percentage (%) of Customs duty


Other levies & charges if any

Unit Price (all inclusive

& Taxes CENVAT-able

Customs Tariff Head


COL .(4+6+8+10+11)
Excise Duty Sales Tax F.F.Pkg & I

Discount offered,
Item description

Import content
E.D.Tarif Head
CENVAT able
and charges

(COL. 15-16)
(COL.12-13)
Total Qty

(3X12)

if any
price
SNo

% Amt % Amt % Amt

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)

3.10
Server Load Balancer & 36
SSL Accelerator
Usable Storage backup
3.11 700 Tb
& Associated software
3.12 Tape Library 2
Virtualisation Integrated
Management 2
4.1
Provisioning and Sets
Capacity Management
Umbrella NMS 2
4.2
Sets
Security Management 2
4.3
Sets
Big Data Analytics 2
4.4
Sets
Content Delivery
4.5 1 Set
Network
5.1 Telepresence Type 1 4
5.2 Telepresence Type 2 26
5.3 Recording Solution 2
Management & Scheduling
5.4 1
Software

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 9
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 178 of 191

Total discounted price including Duties


Basic Unit Price exclusive of all levies

Duties & Taxes CENVAT-able on unit

Unit Price excluding Duties & Taxes

Total Price Inclusive of all levies &


charges including Duties & Taxes

Percentage (%) of Customs duty


Other levies & charges if any

Unit Price (all inclusive

& Taxes CENVAT-able

Customs Tariff Head


COL .(4+6+8+10+11)
Excise Duty Sales Tax F.F.Pkg & I

Discount offered,
Item description

Import content
E.D.Tarif Head
CENVAT able
and charges

(COL. 15-16)
(COL.12-13)
Total Qty

(3X12)

if any
price
SNo

% Amt % Amt % Amt

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)

5.5 MCU 4
Gatekeeper and MCU
5.6 2
resource management
5.7 HD VC in Auditoriums 14
5.8 Video IP Phone 5000
5.9 IP Phone 10000
5.10 Operator Console 100
5.11 Voice Solutions 1 Set
5.12 Survivability Gateways 100
IP MPLS L2 L7
6.1 Functional & Performance 5
Tester
6.2 Satellite Connectivity 33
6.3 Training Lab 1
6.4 Testing Lab 4
6.5 2 Port I/O Box 20000
6.6 4 Port I/O Box 10000
6.7 24 port Jack Panel 2500
12
6.8 Cat 6 Cabling
KMs

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 9
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 179 of 191

Total discounted price including Duties


Basic Unit Price exclusive of all levies

Duties & Taxes CENVAT-able on unit

Unit Price excluding Duties & Taxes

Total Price Inclusive of all levies &


charges including Duties & Taxes

Percentage (%) of Customs duty


Other levies & charges if any

Unit Price (all inclusive

& Taxes CENVAT-able

Customs Tariff Head


COL .(4+6+8+10+11)
Excise Duty Sales Tax F.F.Pkg & I

Discount offered,
Item description

Import content
E.D.Tarif Head
CENVAT able
and charges

(COL. 15-16)
(COL.12-13)
Total Qty

(3X12)

if any
price
SNo

% Amt % Amt % Amt

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)

6.9 Cat 6 Patch Cord 5 Feet 30000


6.10 Cat 6 Patch Cord 3 Feet 30000
6.11 SM Fiber Patch Cord 5 Mtrs 20000
SM Fiber Patch Cord 10
6.12 10000
Mtrs
Structured LAN Cabling
Lump
6.13 (Documentation, Labelling,
sum
certification, etc)
6.14 24 Jack Panel 2500
24 FDMS with all couplers
6.15 50
and connectors
6.16 Rack 9U 1000

The quantities for SNo 6.5 to 6.16 are indicative and the same would be paid on the actual amount that would be utilised.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 9
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
7.5
7.4
7.3
7.2
7.1
(1)
SNo

Item description

Section 9
training
network

Network
Installation

Certification
(2)

Documentation
of

Warranty Charges
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN

the
Commissioning of entire
and

Comprehensive cost of
Total Qty

(3)
Basic Unit Price exclusive of all levies

(4)
and charges
%

(5)
(6)
Amt
Excise Duty

(7)
Sales Tax

(8)
Amt
%

(9)
F.F.Pkg & I

Amt

(10)

Other levies & charges if any


(11)

Unit Price (all inclusive


(12)

COL .(4+6+8+10+11)

Duties & Taxes CENVAT-able on unit


price
(13)

Unit Price excluding Duties & Taxes


CENVAT able
(14)

(COL.12-13)

Total Price Inclusive of all levies &


charges including Duties & Taxes
(15)

(3X12)

Discount offered,
(16)

if any

Total discounted price including Duties


& Taxes CENVAT-able
(17)

(COL. 15-16)

E.D.Tarif Head
(18)

Import content
(19)

Percentage (%) of Customs duty


(20)

Customs Tariff Head


(21)

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH
Page 180 of 191
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 181 of 191

SECTION VII
PART II
Price Schedule II (AMC)

Total discounted price including Duties


Basic Unit Price exclusive of all levies

Duties & Taxes CENVAT-able on unit

Unit Price excluding Duties & Taxes

Total Price Inclusive of all levies &


charges including Duties & Taxes

Percentage (%) of Customs duty


Other levies & charges if any

Unit Price (all inclusive

& Taxes CENVAT-able

Customs Tariff Head


COL .(4+6+8+10+11)
Excise Duty Sales Tax F.F.Pkg & I

Discount offered,
Item description

Import content
E.D.Tarif Head
CENVAT able
and charges

(COL. 15-16)
(COL.12-13)
Total Qty

(3X12)

if any
price
SNo

% Amt % Amt % Amt

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
1. AMC for seven years at a
discount rate of 12 % per
year as per Clause
st
1.1 1 Year Lumpsum
nd
1.2 2 Year Lumpsum
rd
1.3 3 year Lumpsum
th
1.4 4 Year Lumpsum
th
1.5 5 Year Lumpsum
th
1.6 6 Year Lumpsum
th
1.7 7 Year Lumpsum
E AMC Total

Note- The calculation for NPV of AMC will be done as follows:

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 9
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 182 of 191

Net Present Value (NPV) of AMC = Quoted rates for AMC for 1st year / (1.12)4
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 2nd year / (1.12)5
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 3rd year / (1.12)6
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 4th year / (1.12)7
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 5th year / (1.12)8
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 6th year / (1.12)9
+ Quoted rates for AMC for 7th year / (1.12)10

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Section 9
SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 183 of 191

APPENDIX A

DOCUMENTS FORMAT

1. Experience Eligibility
SNo Client Contract Contract Contract Description Qty Remarks if
Name Date Value Completion of Items Supplied any
with Date Supplied &
Contact Scope of
Details Work
A. System Integrator
1
2
3 Total
B System Integrator/OEM

1
2

Total

2. Financial Eligibility of SI for the last three years.

SNo Description Financial Financial Financial Total


Year Year Year

1. Annual Turnover

2. Networth

3. Working Capital

4.
Profit

Total

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Appendix A

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 184 of 191

APPENDIX B

INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTS REQUIRED


TO BE SUBMITTED AS A PART OF RESPONSE TO THE TENDER

SNo Document Reference


1. Documents for all OEMs
1.1 Certificate of Incorporation from Registrar of
Companies
1.2 ISO 9001:2008 certification for last five years
1.3 Teaming Agreements
2. Documents for SI
2.1 General Eligibility Conditions
(a) Certificate of registration under company Act 1956 for
last 10 years
(b) CS certified document that bidder is not debarred/
blacklisted/convicted in any country during last five
years
(c) Certificate of Incorporation from Registrar of
Companies
(d) Articles and Memorandum of Association
(e) Documentary Evidence (Form 32) for registration with
Proof of Management and Control of Company with
resident Indian Nationals
(f) Annual Report for the last three financial years
(g) Copy of Permanent Account Number
(h) Proof of excise / service tax registration number
(i) Proof of Permanent sales tax registration number
(j) Certificate stating that the all hardware/ software
supplied under the contract shall not contain any
embedded malicious codes
2.2 Technical Eligibility Conditions

(a) Details of R&D facility including scope of research


along with quantity of employees
(b) Details of regionwise support centres

(c) Details of certified/skilled professionals in networking/


system integration field

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Appendix B

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 185 of 191

(d) Certifications of ISO 9001 : 2008 and equivalent

2.3 Financial Eligibility Conditions

(a) Audited financial statements for last three financial


years showing annual turnover and profit to be
submitted
(b) Bankers Solvency Certificate
2.4 Experience Eligibility Conditions

(a) Documentary Proof showing bidder is a certified


system/network integrator of offered product in India
for last 10 years
(b) Documentary Proof of projects implemented during the
last five years
(c) Documentary proof of executing ICT for Indian
defence in past 10 years
(d) Documentary Proof showing SI/OEM have
successfully manufactured, supplied and installed
multiple/single nationwide routing backbone network
(e) Documentary Proof showing SI/OEM have
successfully manufactured, supplied and installed
single/multiple IMS solution(s)

Note.
1. The work covered under the mentioned scope of project this tender is
extremely skilled and technical in nature and only the firms having sufficiently
skilled and experienced staff with them and who have carried out tight
targeted Telecom works shall submit their responses against this invitation.

2. Any other documents, as deemed required by the bidder, to support his claim
with regards to eligibility, specification, experience etc should also be
submitted.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Appendix B

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 186 of 191

APPENDIX C
INTEGRITY PACT

Between

Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited (BSNL) hereinafter referred to as The Principal

and

..hereinafter referred to as The Bidder/Contractor

Preamble
The Principal intends to award, under laid down organizational procedures,
contract/s for -------------------------------------------. The Principal values full compliance
with all relevant laws and regulations, and the principles of economic use of
resources, and of fairness and transparency in its relations with its Bidder/s and
Contractor/s.

In order to achieve these goals, the Principal will appoint an Independent External
Monitor who will monitor the tender process and the execution of the contract for
compliance with the principles mentioned above.

Section 1 Commitments of the Principal

1. The Principal commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent


corruption and to observe the following principles:-

(a) No employee of the Principal, personally or through family members,


will in connection with the tender for, or the execution of a contract,
demand, take a promise for or accept, for him/herself or third person,
any material or immaterial benefit which he/she is not legally entitled to.

(b) The Principal will, during the tender process treat all Bidder(s) with
equity and reason. The Principal will in particular, before and during the
tender process, provide to all Bidder(s) the same information and will
not provide to any Bidder(s) confidential/additional information through
which the Bidder(s) could obtain an advantage in relation to the tender
process or the contract execution.

(c) The Principal will exclude from the process all known prejudiced
persons.

2. If the Principal obtains information on the conduct of any of its employees


which is a criminal offence under the relevant Anti-Corruption Laws of India,
or if there be a substantive suspicion in this regard, the Principal will inform its
Vigilance Office and in addition can initiate disciplinary actions.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Appendix C

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 187 of 191

Section 2 Commitments of the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s)

1. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) commits itself to take all measures necessary to


prevent corruption. He commits himself to observe the following principles
during his participation in the tender process and during the contract
execution.

(a) Thee Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not, directly or through any other


person or firm, offer, promise or give to any of the Principals
employees involved in the tender process or the execution of the
contract or to any third person any material or immaterial benefit which
he/she is not legally entitled to, in order to obtain in exchange any
advantage of any kind whatsoever during the tender process or during
the execution of the contract.

(b) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not enter with other Bidder(s) into any
undisclosed agreement or understanding, whether formal or informal.
This applies in particular to prices, specifications, certifications,
subsidiary contracts, submission or non-submission of bids or any
other actions to restrict competitiveness or to introduce cartelization in
the bidding process.

(c) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not commit any offence under the
relevant Anti-corruption Laws of India; further the
Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not use improperly, for purposes of
competition or personal gain, or pass on to others, any information or
document provided by the Principal as part of the business
relationship, regarding plans, technical proposals and business details,
including information contained or transmitted electronically.

(d) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will, when presenting his bid, disclose any
and all payments he has made, is committed to or intends to make to
agents, brokers or any other intermediaries in connection with the
award of the contract.

2. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not instigate third persons to commit offences


outlined above or be an accessory to such offences.

Section 3 Disqualification from tender process and exclusion from future


contracts

1. If the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s), before contract award or during execution has


committed a transgression through a violation of Section 2, above or in any
other form such as to put his reliability or credibility in question, the Principal is
entitled to disqualify the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) from the tender process or
take action as per the defined procedure.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Appendix C

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 188 of 191

Section 4 Compensation for Damages

1. If the Principal has disqualified the Bidder(s) from the tender process prior to
the award according to Section 3, the Principal is entitled to demand and
recover the damages equivalent to Earnest Money Deposit/Bid Security.

2. If the Principal has terminated the contract according to Section 3, or if the


Principal is entitled to terminate the contract according to section 3, the
Principal shall be entitled to demand and recover from the Contractor the
amount equivalent to Security Deposit / Performance Bank Guarantee in
addition to any other penalties/ recoveries as per terms and conditions of the
tender.

Section 5 Previous transgression

1. The Bidder declares that no previous transgression occurred in the last 3


years with any other Company in any country conforming to the Anti-
corruption approach or with any other Public Sector Enterprise in India that
could justify his exclusion from the tender process.

2. If the Bidder makes incorrect statement on this subject, he can be disqualified


from the tender process or action can be taken as per the defined procedure.

Section 6 Equal treatment of all Bidders/Contractors/Subcontractors

1. The principal will enter into agreements with identical conditions as this one
with all Bidders/Contractors.

2. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) undertake(s) to demand from all subcontractors a


commitment in conformity with this Integrity Pact.

3. The Principal will disqualify from the tender process all bidders who do not
sign this Pact or violate its provisions.

Section 7 Criminal charges against violating Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/


Subcontractor(s)

1. If the Principal obtains knowledge of conduct of a Bidder, Contractor or


Subcontractor, or of an employee or a representative or an associate of a
Bidder, Contractor or Subcontractor, which constitutes corruption, or if the
Principal has substantive suspicion in this regard, the Principal will inform the
Corporate Vigilance Office.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Appendix C

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 189 of 191

Section 8 External Independent Monitor/Monitors


1. Principal appoints competent and credible Independent External Monitor for
this Pact. The task of the Monitor is to review independently and objectively,
whether and to what extent the parties comply with the obligations under this
agreement.
2. The Monitor is not subject to instructions by the representatives of the parties
and performs his functions neutrally and independently. He reports to the
CMD of the BSNL.

3. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) accepts that the Monitor has the right to access
without restriction to all Project documentation of the Principal including that
provided by the Contractor. The Contractor will also grant the Monitor, upon
his request and demonstration of a valid interest, unrestricted and
unconditional access to his project documentation. The same is applicable to
Subcontractors. The Monitor is under contractual obligation to treat the
information and documents of the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s)/Subcontractor(s)
with confidentiality.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section, the Bidder(s)/
Contractor(s)/ shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide any internal
costing mechanisms or any internal financial or commercial data pursuant to
any audit or review conducted by or on behalf of the Principal. Further, the
Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s) shall not be required to provide any data relating to its
other customers, or any personnel or employee related date.
4. The Principal will provide to the Monitor sufficient information about all
meetings among the parties related to the Project provided such meetings
could have an impact on the contractual relations between the Principal and
the Contractor. The parties offer to the Monitor the option to participate in
such meetings.
5. As soon as the Monitor notices, or believes to notice, a violation of this
agreement, he will so inform the Management of the Principal and request the
Management to discontinue or take corrective action, or to take other relevant
action. The monitor can in this regard submit non-binding recommendations.
Beyond this, the Monitor has no right to demand from the parties that they act
in a specific manner, refrain from action or tolerate action.
6. The Monitor will submit a written report to the Chairperson of the Board of the
Principal within 8 to 10 weeks from the date of reference or intimation to him
by the Principal and, should the occasion arise, submit proposals for
correcting problematic situations.
7. If the Monitor has reported to the CMD of the BSNL, a substantiated
suspicion of an offence under relevant Anti-Corruption Laws of India, and the
BSNL has not, within reasonable time, taken visible action to proceed against
such offence or reported it to the Corporate Vigilance Office, the Monitor may
also transmit this information directly to the Central Vigilance Commissioner,
Government of India.
8. The word Monitor would include both singular and plural.

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Appendix C

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 190 of 191

Section 9 Pact Duration

1. This Pact begins when both parties have legally signed it. It expires for the
Contractor 12 months after the last payment under the contract, and for all
other Bidders 6 months after the contract has been awarded.
2. If any claim is made/ lodged during this time, the same shall be binding and
continue to be valid despite the lapse of this pact as specified above, unless it
is discharged/determined by CMD, BSNL.

Section 10 Other provisions

1. This agreement is subject to Indian Law. Place of performance and jurisdiction


is the Registered Office of the Principal, i.e. New Delhi. The arbitration clause
provided in the tender document/contract shall not be applicable for any
issue/dispute arising under Integrity Pact.

2. Changes and supplements as well as termination notices need to be made in


writing.

3. If the Contractor has a partner then this agreement must be, signed by all
partners.

4. Should one or several provisions of this agreement turn out to be invalid, the
remainder of this agreement remains valid. In this case, the parties will strive to
come to an agreement to their original intensions.

-------------------------------- ----------------------------------
For the Principal For the Bidder/Contractor

Place Witness 1 :
Date Witness 2 :

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Appendix C

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER


NEXT GEN IP MPLS IN Page 191 of 191

APPENDIX D
MALICIOUS CODE CERTIFICATE

CERTIFICATE ON MALICIOUS CODE

(This certificate is to be rendered on companys letterhead)

1. This is to certify that the hardware and the software being offered as part of
the contract does not contain any kind of malicious code that would activate
procedures to:-

(a) Inhibit the desired and the designed function of the equipment.

(b) Cause physical damage to the user or his equipment during the
operational exploitation of the equipment.

(c) Tap information regarding network, network users and information


stored on the network that is classified and/or relating to National Security,
thereby contravening Official Secrets Act 1923.

2. There are no Trojans, Viruses, Worms, Spywares or any malicious software


on the system and in the software developed.

3. This firm is liable in case of physical damage, loss of information and those
relating to copyright and Intellectual Property rights (IPRs), caused due to activation
of any such malicious code in embedded / shipped software .

THE END

*************************************

READ, UNDERSTOOD AND COMPLIED WITH


Appendix D

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER